1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
28 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
29 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
31 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
39 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
40 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
43 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
44 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
47 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
49 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
51 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
57 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
58 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
59 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
60 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
61 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
62 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
63 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
64 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
65 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
66 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
67 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bool);
69 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
70 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
71 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
72 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
73 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
74 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
75 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
76 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
77 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
78 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
80 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
81 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
82 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
83 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
84 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
85 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
86 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
87 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
88 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
89 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
90 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
92 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
95 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
97 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
98 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
99 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
100 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
101 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
103 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
104 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
105 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
106 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
107 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
108 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
109 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
110 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
111 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
112 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
113 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
114 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
115 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
116 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
117 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
118 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
119 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
121 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_edit
122 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
123 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
125 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
126 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
127 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
128 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
129 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
130 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
131 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
132 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
133 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
134 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
135 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
137 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
139 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
141 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
142 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
143 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
145 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
146 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
148 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
150 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
151 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
152 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
153 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
154 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
156 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
157 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
158 /* TOC base alignment. */
159 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
161 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
162 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
163 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
165 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
166 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
167 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
168 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
169 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
170 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
171 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
172 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
173 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
174 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
176 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
177 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
178 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
179 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
180 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
182 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
183 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
184 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
185 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
186 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
187 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
188 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
190 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
191 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
192 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
194 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
195 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
196 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
198 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
199 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
203 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
204 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
205 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
206 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
207 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
208 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
209 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
210 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
211 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
212 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
213 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
214 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
215 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
216 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
218 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in
219 R0 for ELFv1, and the address of a glink branch in R12 for ELFv2. */
220 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
221 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 14 * 4 : 13 * 4))
225 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
226 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
228 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
229 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
230 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
231 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
238 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
239 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
240 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
241 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
242 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
243 #define LD_R0_0R11 0xe80b0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r11) */
244 #define ADD_R11_R0_R11 0x7d605a14 /* add %r11,%r0,%r11 */
247 #define NOP 0x60000000
249 /* Some other nops. */
250 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
251 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
253 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
254 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
255 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
257 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
259 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
260 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
262 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
263 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
264 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
265 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
266 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
267 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
268 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
269 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
270 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
271 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
272 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
273 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
275 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
276 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
277 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
278 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
279 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
280 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
284 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
288 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
290 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
294 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
297 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
300 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
301 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
302 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
303 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
304 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
305 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
306 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
307 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
308 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
309 complain, special_func) \
310 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
311 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
312 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
314 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
316 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
318 /* This reloc does nothing. */
319 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
320 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
322 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
323 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
324 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
326 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
327 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, false, bitfield
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
336 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
340 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
341 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
343 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
344 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
345 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
348 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
349 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
350 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
351 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
353 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
354 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
355 bits must be zero. */
356 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
357 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
359 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
360 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
361 two bits must be zero. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
370 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
371 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
373 /* Another variant, when p10 insns can't be used on stubs. */
374 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
375 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
377 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
381 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
382 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
384 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
385 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
387 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
388 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
390 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
391 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
393 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
395 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
396 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
398 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
400 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
401 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
403 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
405 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
406 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
408 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
410 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
411 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
414 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
415 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
416 shared library into the object, because the object being
417 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
418 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
419 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
423 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
424 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
426 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
427 entry for a symbol. */
428 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
429 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
431 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
432 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
434 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
439 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
441 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
442 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
443 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
445 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
446 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
447 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
449 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
450 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
451 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
454 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
455 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
456 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
460 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
461 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
465 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
466 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
470 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
479 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
481 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
482 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
483 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
485 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
486 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
487 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
489 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
490 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, true, dont
,
491 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
493 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
495 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
496 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
497 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
499 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
500 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
501 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
503 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
504 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
505 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
508 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
509 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
510 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
512 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
513 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
517 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
518 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
519 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
521 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
522 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
523 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
525 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
526 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
527 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
529 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
531 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
532 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
533 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
536 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
537 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
538 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
540 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
548 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
550 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
551 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
553 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
554 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
555 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
557 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
558 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
560 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
563 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
564 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
565 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
566 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
567 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
568 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
569 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
570 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
571 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false,signed,
572 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
574 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
580 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
581 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
582 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
585 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
587 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
597 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
609 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
613 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
617 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
619 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
620 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
621 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
624 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
625 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
627 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
628 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
629 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
630 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
632 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
633 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
634 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
635 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
637 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
638 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
639 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
641 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
648 each plt call stub. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
650 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
652 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
653 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
654 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
656 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
657 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
659 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
660 definition of its TLS sym. */
661 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
662 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
664 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
665 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
666 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
699 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
700 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
702 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
703 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
704 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
706 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
707 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
710 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
711 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
744 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
745 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
747 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
748 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
749 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
751 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
752 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
753 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
755 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
756 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
757 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
762 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
763 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
765 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
766 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
767 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
769 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
770 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
771 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
773 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
774 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
775 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
780 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
781 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
783 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
784 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
785 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
787 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
788 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
789 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
791 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
792 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
797 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
798 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
800 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
801 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
802 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
804 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
805 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
806 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
808 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
809 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
814 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
815 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
817 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
818 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
819 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
821 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
822 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
823 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
825 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
826 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
828 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
832 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
833 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
835 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
840 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
841 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
843 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
844 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
854 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
855 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
857 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
860 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
861 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
863 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
866 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
870 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
874 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
876 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
882 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
888 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
890 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
892 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
894 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
895 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
896 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
898 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
899 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
900 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
902 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
903 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
904 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
907 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
910 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
913 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
919 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
922 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
925 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
946 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
949 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
951 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
952 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
955 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
957 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
970 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
975 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
978 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
981 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
982 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
984 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
985 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
987 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
988 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
991 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
992 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
997 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
1001 ppc_howto_init (void)
1003 unsigned int i
, type
;
1005 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1007 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
1008 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
1009 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1013 static reloc_howto_type
*
1014 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1016 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1018 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1019 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1025 /* xgettext:c-format */
1026 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1031 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1314 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1316 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1318 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1320 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1322 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1324 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1326 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1330 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1333 static reloc_howto_type
*
1334 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1337 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1338 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1339 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1340 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1341 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1344 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1345 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1346 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1347 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1349 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1351 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1352 completely unnecessary. */
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1354 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1356 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1357 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1358 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1364 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1367 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1368 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1372 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1373 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1376 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1377 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1382 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1385 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1386 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1388 /* xgettext:c-format */
1389 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1398 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1400 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1401 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1402 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1403 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1405 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1407 bfd_size_type octets
;
1410 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1411 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1413 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1414 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1415 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1417 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1418 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1420 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1421 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1422 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1423 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1424 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1425 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1427 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1428 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1429 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1432 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1433 value
= symbol
->value
;
1434 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1435 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1436 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1437 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1438 + input_section
->output_offset
1439 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1440 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1442 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1443 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1444 input_section
, octets
))
1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1447 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1449 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1450 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1451 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1452 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1453 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1456 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1457 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1458 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1459 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1461 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1462 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1463 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1465 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1466 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1468 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1469 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1471 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1472 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1473 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1474 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1478 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1480 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1481 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1482 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1486 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1488 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1490 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1492 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1498 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1500 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1503 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1504 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1505 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1506 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1509 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1510 bfd_size_type octets
;
1511 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1512 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
1514 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1515 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1517 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1518 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1519 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1521 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1522 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1523 input_section
, octets
))
1524 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1526 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1527 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1528 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1529 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1530 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1531 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1535 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1536 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1537 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1538 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1540 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1550 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1551 target
= symbol
->value
;
1552 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1553 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1554 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1556 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1557 + input_section
->output_offset
1558 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1560 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1561 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1564 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1566 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1567 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1570 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1571 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1572 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1573 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1575 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1576 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1578 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1579 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1580 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1582 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1583 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1584 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1587 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1588 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1589 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1590 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1600 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1602 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1603 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1604 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1607 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1608 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1609 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1610 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1614 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1615 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1617 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1618 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1619 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1621 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1623 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1625 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1626 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1627 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1630 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1631 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1632 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1633 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1637 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1638 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1640 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1641 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1642 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1644 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1646 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1648 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1649 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1651 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1652 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1653 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1656 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1657 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1658 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1659 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1662 bfd_size_type octets
;
1664 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1665 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1667 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1668 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1669 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1671 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1672 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1673 input_section
, octets
))
1674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1676 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1678 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1680 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1691 bfd_size_type octets
;
1693 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1694 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1695 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1697 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1698 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1699 input_section
, octets
))
1700 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1702 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1704 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
+ 4);
1706 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1707 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1708 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1709 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1710 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1711 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1713 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1715 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1716 + input_section
->output_offset
1717 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1720 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1721 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1722 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1723 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1724 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
+ 4);
1725 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1726 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1727 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1728 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1729 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1732 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1734 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1735 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1737 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1738 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1740 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1741 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1742 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1744 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1746 static char *message
;
1748 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1749 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
1751 *error_message
= message
;
1753 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1756 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1757 than one got entry per symbol. */
1760 struct got_entry
*next
;
1762 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1765 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1766 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1767 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1768 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1769 we merge entries within the group.
1771 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1774 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1775 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1776 unsigned char tls_type
;
1778 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1779 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1781 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1784 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1786 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1790 /* The same for PLT. */
1793 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1799 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1804 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1806 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1808 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1812 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1813 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1814 asection
*deleted_section
;
1816 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1817 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1818 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1822 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1823 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1825 /* Section contents. */
1829 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1830 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1831 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1833 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1834 instruction not one we handle. */
1835 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1837 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1839 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1842 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1843 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1845 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1846 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1848 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1849 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1850 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1852 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1855 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1857 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1861 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1862 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1865 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1867 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1870 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1872 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1874 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1876 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1877 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1878 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1881 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1884 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1887 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1889 size_t offset
, size
;
1891 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1895 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1898 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1904 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1905 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1906 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1910 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1912 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1915 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1916 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1918 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1920 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1926 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1936 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1939 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1940 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1941 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1942 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1944 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1945 -Wstringop-truncation:
1946 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1948 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1950 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1951 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1955 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1956 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1967 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1968 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1969 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1970 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1971 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1972 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1973 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1974 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1975 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1977 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1978 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1983 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1985 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1987 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1988 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1989 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1990 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1993 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1996 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
2002 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
2004 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
2008 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
2009 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
2010 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
2011 struct _opd_sec_data
2013 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
2014 asection
**func_sec
;
2016 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
2020 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
2021 struct _toc_sec_data
2023 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
2026 /* And the relocation addend. */
2031 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
2033 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2034 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2035 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2037 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2038 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2040 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2042 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2045 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2046 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2049 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2051 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2053 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2054 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2056 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2059 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2062 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2066 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2068 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2070 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
2071 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
2072 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2077 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2078 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2081 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2082 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2083 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2087 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2088 static bool synthetic_relocatable
;
2089 static const asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2091 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2094 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2096 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2097 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2099 /* Section symbols first. */
2100 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2102 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2105 /* then .opd symbols. */
2106 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2108 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2109 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2111 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2112 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2116 /* then other code symbols. */
2117 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2118 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2119 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2120 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2123 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2124 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2125 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2126 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2129 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2131 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2134 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2138 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2141 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2144 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2145 syms over other syms. */
2146 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2149 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2152 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2155 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2158 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2161 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2164 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2167 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2170 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2171 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2172 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2173 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2174 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2175 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2183 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2186 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2191 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2195 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2196 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2198 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2208 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2209 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2211 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2213 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2215 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2225 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2227 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2228 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2229 && section
->vma
<= vma
2230 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2233 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2234 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2235 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2238 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2239 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2240 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2246 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2247 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2248 bool relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2250 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2256 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2257 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2269 symcount
= static_count
;
2271 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2275 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2279 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2281 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2282 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2283 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2284 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2286 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2287 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2289 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2291 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2292 function, and notype symbols. */
2293 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2294 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2295 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2296 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2299 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2300 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2301 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2303 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2305 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2306 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2307 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2308 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2309 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2310 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2311 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2313 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2314 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2316 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2317 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2318 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2319 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2320 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2326 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2327 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2328 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2329 to this function is the real binary. */
2330 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
2331 && strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2335 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2336 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2337 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2338 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2339 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2343 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2344 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2348 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2349 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2353 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2354 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2355 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2356 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2364 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2369 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2372 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2373 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2377 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, false))
2384 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2388 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2389 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2392 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2395 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2398 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2401 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2402 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2403 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2406 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2407 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2413 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2420 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2422 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2426 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2427 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2430 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2433 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2436 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2439 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2440 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2441 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2446 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2447 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2448 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2451 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2452 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2454 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2455 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2456 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2463 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2464 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2466 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2467 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2468 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2471 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2473 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2475 free_contents_and_exit
:
2481 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2485 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2486 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2489 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2490 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2493 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2494 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2498 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2500 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2502 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2504 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2506 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2507 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2509 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2510 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2513 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2514 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2516 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2517 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2519 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2522 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2524 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2525 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2526 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2527 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2528 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2529 glink stubs now reside. */
2530 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2541 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2542 from the first glink stub. */
2544 unsigned int off
= 0;
2546 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2547 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2549 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2551 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2554 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2563 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2565 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2568 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2569 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, true))
2570 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2572 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2573 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2575 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2576 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2578 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2580 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2586 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2587 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2589 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2591 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2593 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2597 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2600 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2601 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2605 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2612 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2613 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2615 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2619 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2624 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2625 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2627 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2631 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2633 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2635 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2638 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2639 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2642 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2643 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2645 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2646 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2647 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2653 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2657 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2658 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2660 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2662 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2664 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2665 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2666 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2671 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2672 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2673 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2674 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2675 a) finding the stubs, and,
2676 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2677 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2679 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2680 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2681 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2682 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2683 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2684 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2685 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2686 for pending shared library loads. */
2687 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2688 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2692 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2693 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2694 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2695 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2696 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2697 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2699 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2702 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2703 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2707 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2708 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2709 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2710 names
+= strlen (names
);
2712 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2713 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2733 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2734 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2735 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2736 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2737 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2738 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2741 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2742 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2743 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2750 The function definition in another object file might be:
2754 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2760 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2761 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2762 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2763 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2764 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2772 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2773 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2774 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2782 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2784 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2785 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2788 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2789 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2790 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2791 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2792 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2793 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2794 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2795 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2796 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2797 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2798 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2799 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2801 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2802 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2803 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2805 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2806 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2807 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2810 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2811 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2816 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2817 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2818 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2819 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2826 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2827 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2828 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2829 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2830 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2833 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2834 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2835 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2836 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2837 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2838 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2839 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2840 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2841 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2842 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2843 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2844 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2845 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2846 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2847 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2848 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2849 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2853 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2854 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2855 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2856 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2857 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2858 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2859 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2860 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2861 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2862 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2863 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2864 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2865 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2866 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2867 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2868 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2870 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2872 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2875 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2876 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2877 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2880 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2881 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2882 reach its destination.
2883 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2884 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2889 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2890 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2891 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2892 An r2save variant starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2893 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2894 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2896 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2897 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2900 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2901 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2902 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2904 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2905 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2908 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2910 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2911 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2912 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2913 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2917 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2918 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2919 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2920 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2921 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer.
2922 ppc_stub_long_branch_p9notoc:
2928 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2929 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2932 ppc_stub_plt_branch_p9notoc:
2938 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2939 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2941 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2942 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2943 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2947 ppc_stub_plt_call_p9notoc:
2953 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2954 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2956 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2957 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2958 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2962 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2963 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2964 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2966 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2967 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2968 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2970 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2971 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2975 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2976 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2978 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2979 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2983 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2984 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2985 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2987 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2991 Stub variants may be merged. For example, if printf is called from
2992 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2993 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2994 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2996 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2997 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2998 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2999 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
3000 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
3001 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
3002 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub may be used for both types of
3005 enum ppc_stub_main_type
3008 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
3009 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
3011 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3015 /* ppc_stub_long_branch, ppc_stub_plt_branch and ppc_stub_plt_call have
3016 these variations. */
3018 enum ppc_stub_sub_type
3025 struct ppc_stub_type
3027 ENUM_BITFIELD (ppc_stub_main_type
) main
: 3;
3028 ENUM_BITFIELD (ppc_stub_sub_type
) sub
: 2;
3029 unsigned int r2save
: 1;
3032 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3035 /* The stub section. */
3037 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3040 struct map_stub
*next
;
3041 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3044 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3045 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3046 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3047 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3048 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3049 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3050 unsigned int eh_size
;
3051 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3052 unsigned int eh_base
;
3055 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3057 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3058 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3060 struct ppc_stub_type type
;
3062 /* Group information. */
3063 struct map_stub
*group
;
3065 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3066 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3068 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3069 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3070 bfd_vma target_value
;
3071 asection
*target_section
;
3073 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3074 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3075 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3078 unsigned char symtype
;
3080 /* Symbol st_other. */
3081 unsigned char other
;
3084 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3086 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3087 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3089 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3090 unsigned int offset
;
3092 /* Generation marker. */
3096 /* Used to track dynamic relocations. */
3097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3099 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3101 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3104 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3107 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
3108 unsigned int pc_count
;
3110 /* Number of relocs that might become R_PPC64_RELATIVE. */
3111 unsigned int rel_count
;
3114 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
3116 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3118 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3121 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3124 /* Number of relocs that might become R_PPC64_RELATIVE. */
3125 unsigned int rel_count
: 31;
3127 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3128 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3131 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3133 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3137 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3139 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3141 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3142 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3145 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3146 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3148 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3149 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3150 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3151 unsigned int fake
:1;
3153 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3154 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3155 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3156 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3158 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3159 with non-standard calling convention. */
3160 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3162 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3163 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3164 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3166 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3167 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3168 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3169 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3170 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3171 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3172 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3173 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3174 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3175 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3176 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3177 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3178 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3179 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3180 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3181 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3182 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3184 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3185 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3186 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3187 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3188 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3191 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3192 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3194 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3197 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3198 elf_hash_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3200 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3203 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3205 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3207 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3209 /* The stub hash table. */
3210 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3212 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3213 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3215 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3216 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3218 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3219 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3221 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3222 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3224 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3225 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3226 non-ppc64 sections. */
3229 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3234 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3235 struct map_stub
*group
;
3236 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3241 /* Linked list of groups. */
3242 struct map_stub
*group
;
3244 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3247 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3249 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3250 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3252 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3254 asection
*global_entry
;
3257 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3260 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3262 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3263 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3264 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3265 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3266 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3267 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3269 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3270 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3272 /* DT_RELR array of r_offset. */
3278 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_save_res
];
3280 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3281 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3283 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3284 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3286 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3287 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3288 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3289 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3290 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3292 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3293 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3295 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3296 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3298 /* Set if a stub_offset changed. */
3299 unsigned int stub_changed
:1;
3302 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3304 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3305 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3307 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3308 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3310 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3311 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3313 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3314 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3316 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3317 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3319 /* After 20 iterations of stub sizing we no longer allow stubs to
3320 shrink. This is to break out of a pathological case where adding
3321 stubs or increasing their size on one iteration decreases section
3322 gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then results in smaller
3323 stubs on the next iteration. */
3324 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
3327 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3330 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3331 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3333 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3335 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3337 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3338 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3340 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3342 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3344 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3345 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3346 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3348 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3350 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3351 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
3352 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \
3353 ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
3355 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3356 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3357 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3359 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3360 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3361 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3363 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3365 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3366 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3367 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3370 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3374 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3379 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3380 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3383 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3385 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3386 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3387 eh
->type
.main
= ppc_stub_none
;
3388 eh
->type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
3389 eh
->type
.r2save
= 0;
3391 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3392 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3393 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3402 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3404 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3405 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3406 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3409 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3413 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3418 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3419 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3422 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3424 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3425 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3433 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3435 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3436 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3437 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3440 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3444 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3449 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3450 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3453 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3455 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3456 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3457 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3459 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3460 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3461 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3462 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3464 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3465 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3467 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3469 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3470 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3471 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3473 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3475 if (string
[0] == '.')
3477 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3479 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3480 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3481 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3488 struct tocsave_entry
3495 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3497 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3498 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3502 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3504 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3505 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3506 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3509 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3512 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3514 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3516 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3517 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3518 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3519 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3520 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3521 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3524 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3526 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3527 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3529 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3530 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3532 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3536 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3537 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3544 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3545 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3546 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3548 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3552 /* And the branch hash table. */
3553 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3554 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3556 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3557 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3561 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3565 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3567 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3570 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3572 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3573 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3574 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3575 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3576 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3577 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3578 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3579 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3580 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3581 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3582 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3583 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3585 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3588 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3591 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3593 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3596 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3598 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3599 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3600 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3602 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3603 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3605 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3606 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3610 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3613 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3614 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3616 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3617 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3620 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3621 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3622 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3624 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3625 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3628 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3630 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3631 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3632 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3635 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3636 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3640 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3641 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3642 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3643 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3646 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3647 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3649 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3650 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3651 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3654 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3655 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3656 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3657 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3659 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3660 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3663 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3665 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3667 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3668 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3671 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3674 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3675 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3677 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3678 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3679 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3683 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3684 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3685 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3691 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3694 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3695 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3697 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3699 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3701 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3702 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3703 the start of the output TOC section. */
3704 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3705 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3706 htab
->params
= params
;
3708 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3711 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3714 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3715 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3716 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3722 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3723 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3724 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3725 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3729 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3730 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3731 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3734 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3735 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3736 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3737 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3741 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3742 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3743 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3746 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3747 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3748 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3749 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3750 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3752 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3753 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3757 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3758 specified (or is auto) then there may be multiple stub types for any
3759 given symbol. Up to three classes of stubs are stored in separate
3760 stub_hash_table entries having the same key string. The entries
3761 will always be adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash
3762 table resizing occurs. This function selects the correct entry to
3765 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3766 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
,
3767 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
3769 enum ppc_stub_sub_type subt
;
3773 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
3774 subt
= ppc_stub_notoc
;
3776 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
3777 subt
= ppc_stub_p9notoc
;
3780 subt
= ppc_stub_toc
;
3784 while (entry
!= NULL
&& entry
->type
.sub
!= subt
)
3786 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3788 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3790 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3797 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3798 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3800 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3801 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3802 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3803 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3804 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3805 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3807 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3808 struct map_stub
*group
;
3810 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3811 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3812 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3813 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3814 distinguish between them. */
3815 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3819 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3820 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3821 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3823 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3829 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3830 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3833 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3834 stub_name
, false, false);
3836 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3841 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3842 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
));
3847 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3848 stub entry are initialised. */
3850 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3851 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3853 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3855 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3856 struct map_stub
*group
;
3859 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3861 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3862 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3863 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3864 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3870 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3871 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3872 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3876 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3877 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3878 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3879 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3881 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3884 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3885 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3887 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3889 /* xgettext:c-format */
3890 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3891 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3895 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3896 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3900 /* A stub has already been created, but it may not be the required
3901 type. We shouldn't be transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
3902 stubs or vice versa, but we might be upgrading from plt_call to
3903 plt_call with r2save for example. */
3906 ppc_merge_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
3907 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
3908 struct ppc_stub_type stub_type
,
3909 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
3911 struct ppc_stub_type old_type
= stub_entry
->type
;
3913 if (old_type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
3916 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3918 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc and other
3919 varieties of stubs. */
3920 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
;
3922 alt_stub
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, r_type
);
3923 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
3925 alt_stub
= ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
3926 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
3927 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3928 stub_entry
->root
.string
));
3929 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
3932 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
3933 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
3935 /* Sort notoc stubs first, then toc stubs, then p9notoc.
3936 Not that it matters, this just puts smaller stubs first. */
3937 if (stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
3938 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
3939 else if (stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_p9notoc
3940 && alt_stub
->root
.next
3941 && alt_stub
->root
.next
->string
== alt_stub
->root
.string
)
3943 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*next
3944 = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) alt_stub
->root
.next
;
3945 alt_stub
->type
= next
->type
;
3948 alt_stub
->type
= stub_type
;
3951 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
3954 old_type
= stub_entry
->type
;
3955 if (old_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
3956 old_type
.main
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
3958 if (old_type
.main
!= stub_type
.main
3959 || (old_type
.sub
!= stub_type
.sub
3960 && old_type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_toc
3961 && stub_type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_toc
))
3964 stub_entry
->type
.sub
|= stub_type
.sub
;
3965 stub_entry
->type
.r2save
|= stub_type
.r2save
;
3969 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3970 not already done. */
3973 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3975 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3977 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3979 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3985 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3988 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3989 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3991 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3993 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3996 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3997 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3999 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
4002 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
4003 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
4007 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
4009 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
4010 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4012 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4013 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4018 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4019 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4021 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
4024 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4025 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4027 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
4030 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
4033 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
4034 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
4036 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
4038 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
4040 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
4041 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4043 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4045 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
4047 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4048 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
4050 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
4057 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
4060 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
4061 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4065 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
4068 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
4070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
4072 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
4074 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
4075 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
4077 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
4078 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
4079 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
4080 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
4081 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
4083 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
4084 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
4085 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4086 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4087 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
4088 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
4089 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
4091 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
4092 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
4093 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
4094 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
4095 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
4097 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4100 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
4101 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
4103 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
4105 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
4106 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4108 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
4109 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
4110 for (pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &ind
->dyn_relocs
;
4114 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*q
;
4116 for (q
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) dir
->dyn_relocs
;
4119 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
4121 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
4122 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
4123 q
->rel_count
+= p
->rel_count
;
4130 *pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) dir
->dyn_relocs
;
4133 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
4134 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4137 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
4138 symbol which just became indirect. */
4139 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4141 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4143 struct got_entry
**entp
;
4144 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4146 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4148 struct got_entry
*dent
;
4150 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4151 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
4152 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4153 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4155 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4162 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4165 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4166 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4169 /* And plt entries. */
4170 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4172 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4174 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4175 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4176 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4177 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4178 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4179 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4180 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4184 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4185 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4187 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4188 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4194 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4196 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4197 false, false, false));
4201 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4207 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4208 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4213 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4215 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4216 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4217 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4219 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4220 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4221 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4222 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4226 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4227 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4228 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4229 NULL
, false, false, &bh
))
4232 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4233 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4235 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4242 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4246 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4247 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4248 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4250 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4255 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4259 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4260 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4261 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4263 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4264 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4265 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4266 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4267 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4268 false) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4269 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4271 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4272 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4275 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4276 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4277 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4279 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4281 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4284 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4286 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4287 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4288 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4290 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4291 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4300 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4303 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4304 unsigned int st_other
,
4308 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4309 h
->other
= ((st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4310 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4313 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4314 we now have a real symbol. */
4317 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4318 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4319 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4320 bool newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4321 bool olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4322 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4323 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4325 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4326 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4327 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4331 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4332 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4333 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4334 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4336 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
4337 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4338 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4341 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4345 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4347 && ppc_hash_table (info
) != NULL
4348 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4349 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4350 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->fake
)
4356 len
= strlen (name
);
4357 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4358 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4359 return (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4361 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4362 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4363 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4367 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4368 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4372 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4373 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4374 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4375 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4376 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4377 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4378 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4379 function entry symbol is used. */
4382 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4384 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4385 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4387 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4388 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4390 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4393 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4396 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4400 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4402 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4403 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4404 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4405 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4407 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4408 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4410 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4417 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4418 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4420 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4421 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4422 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4423 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4424 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4425 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4427 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4428 descriptor symbol. */
4429 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4430 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4431 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4432 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4434 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4435 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4436 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4437 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4438 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4439 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4440 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4441 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4443 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4451 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4452 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4455 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4457 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4458 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4459 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4461 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4463 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4464 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4466 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4467 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4468 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4470 /* xgettext:c-format */
4471 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4472 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4478 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4480 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4481 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4482 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4483 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4484 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4485 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4486 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4487 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4488 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4489 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4492 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4496 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4497 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4498 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4499 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4500 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4501 && info
->gc_sections
)
4503 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4504 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4505 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4506 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4507 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4508 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4509 information about the associated function section. */
4511 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4512 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4513 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4515 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4516 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4517 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4519 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4520 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4524 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4525 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4526 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4528 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4529 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4531 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4532 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4533 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4538 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4542 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4547 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4548 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4549 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4552 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4556 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4557 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4560 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4562 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4563 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4564 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4565 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4567 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4568 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4571 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4576 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4577 not to be needed. */
4580 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4581 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4582 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4584 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4586 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4591 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4593 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4596 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4597 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4600 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4602 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4603 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4604 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4606 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4607 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4608 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4610 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4613 static struct plt_entry
**
4614 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4615 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4617 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4618 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4619 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4621 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4623 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4625 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4626 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4627 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4628 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4629 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4631 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4634 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4636 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4638 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4639 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4640 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4641 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4645 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4646 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4649 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4650 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4652 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4653 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4654 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4655 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4657 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4660 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4661 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4662 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4664 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4668 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4670 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4672 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4673 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4677 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4678 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4682 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4683 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4686 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4691 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4693 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4694 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4695 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
4696 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4697 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4698 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4699 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4700 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4701 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4702 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4703 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4704 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4707 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4710 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4712 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4713 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4714 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4715 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4716 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4717 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4718 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4719 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4722 /* Of relocs which might appear paired with TLSGD and TLSLD marker
4723 relocs, return true for those that operate on a dword. */
4726 is_8byte_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4728 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4729 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4730 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
);
4733 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
4734 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
4737 offset_in_range (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, size_t size
)
4739 return offset
<= sec
->size
&& size
<= sec
->size
- offset
;
4742 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4743 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4744 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4747 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4748 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4750 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4752 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4753 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4754 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4759 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4762 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4764 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4768 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4769 false, false, true);
4770 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4771 false, false, true);
4772 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4773 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4775 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4776 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4777 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4779 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4780 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4781 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4782 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4784 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4785 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4787 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4788 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4791 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, abfd
, r_symndx
);
4798 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4799 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4801 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4802 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4805 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4809 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4810 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4811 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4813 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4814 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4815 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4816 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4817 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4818 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4819 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4820 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4821 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4822 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4823 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4824 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4832 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4833 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4834 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4835 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4836 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4837 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4838 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4839 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4840 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4841 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4842 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4843 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4844 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4845 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4846 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4847 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4848 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4849 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4850 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4851 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4860 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4863 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4868 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4870 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4872 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4883 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4884 its parameter symbol. */
4886 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4888 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4890 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4892 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4895 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4896 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4897 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4898 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4899 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4900 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4903 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4904 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4905 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4906 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4907 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4908 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4911 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4912 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4913 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4914 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4915 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4916 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4917 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4918 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4921 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4922 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4923 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4924 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4925 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4926 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4928 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4932 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4933 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4934 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4935 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4936 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4937 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4939 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4940 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4941 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4942 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4943 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4944 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4945 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4946 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4948 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4949 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4952 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4953 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4958 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4959 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4961 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4962 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4963 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4964 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4965 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4969 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4970 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4973 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4974 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4976 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4977 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4978 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4979 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4981 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4982 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4985 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4986 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4987 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4991 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4992 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4993 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4994 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4995 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4996 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4999 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
5004 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
5005 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5006 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5007 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
5008 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5010 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
5011 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5013 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
5014 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5018 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
5019 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
5020 section relative. */
5021 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
5022 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
5023 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
5024 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
5025 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
5026 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
5027 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
5028 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
5029 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
5030 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
5031 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
5032 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
5033 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
5034 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
5035 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
5036 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5037 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5038 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5043 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
5044 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
5045 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
5046 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
5047 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
5048 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
5049 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
5050 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
5051 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
5052 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
5053 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
5054 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
5055 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
5056 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
5059 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
5060 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
5061 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5063 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
5065 /* xgettext:c-format */
5066 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
5067 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
5068 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
5069 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
5070 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5076 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
5077 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
5078 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
5080 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
5081 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
5082 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
5083 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
5084 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
5085 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5087 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5089 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
5090 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
5091 these relocations is emitted. */
5101 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5102 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5103 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5104 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5108 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5109 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5110 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5111 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
5116 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
5117 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
5119 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
5121 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
5122 we are going to need a stub. */
5125 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
5126 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
5127 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
5128 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5131 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5134 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
5138 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
5139 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
5140 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
5144 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
5145 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
5151 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
5152 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5153 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5155 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
5157 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5159 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
5160 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
5161 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
5165 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
5166 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
5168 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5171 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5172 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5174 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5178 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5179 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5180 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5181 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5184 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5185 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5186 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5187 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5190 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5191 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5192 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5193 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5194 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5196 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5199 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5200 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5202 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5203 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5204 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5205 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5209 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5211 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5213 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5214 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5217 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5218 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5222 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5223 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5224 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5225 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5227 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5228 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5229 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5231 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5232 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5234 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5235 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5236 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5238 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5239 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5240 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5241 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5242 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5243 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5246 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5247 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5248 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5249 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5250 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5251 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5252 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5253 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5254 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5256 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5257 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5258 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5259 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5260 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5261 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5262 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5265 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5267 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5268 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5271 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5275 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5276 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5277 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5278 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5279 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5280 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5281 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5282 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5283 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5284 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5285 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5286 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5288 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5289 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5290 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5291 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5292 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5293 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5294 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5296 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5297 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5299 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5300 function in a shared lib. */
5301 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5303 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5310 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5311 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5312 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5313 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5315 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5316 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5319 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5320 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5323 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5324 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5325 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5326 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5327 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5328 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5329 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5330 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5331 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5332 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5333 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5334 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5335 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5336 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5337 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5340 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5341 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5342 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5346 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5347 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !h
->root
.ldscript_def
)))
5349 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5350 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5352 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
5353 : isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
5354 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5355 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5358 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5359 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5363 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5364 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
5370 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5371 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5374 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5375 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5377 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5379 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5381 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5392 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5394 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
5395 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
5396 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
5401 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
5402 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5403 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5408 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5412 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5413 head
= (struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5414 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5416 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5418 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5420 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5428 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5431 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
5432 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
5433 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
5447 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5448 object file when linking. */
5451 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5453 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5454 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5456 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5459 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5462 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5465 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5466 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5468 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5471 /* xgettext:c-format */
5472 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5476 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5479 /* xgettext:c-format */
5480 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5481 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5482 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5486 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5489 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5490 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5494 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5496 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5497 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5499 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5503 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5504 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5506 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5507 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5508 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5515 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5516 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5517 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5520 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5522 asection
**code_sec
,
5526 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5527 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5528 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5531 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5532 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5533 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5535 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5537 if (contents
== NULL
)
5539 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5540 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5541 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5544 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5545 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5546 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5548 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5549 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5551 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5557 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5563 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5565 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5566 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5571 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5572 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5578 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5580 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5582 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, true);
5583 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5585 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5587 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5589 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5593 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5594 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5596 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5600 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5602 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5603 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5605 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5606 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5608 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5609 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5611 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5612 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5614 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5615 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5618 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5619 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5620 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5622 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5624 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5625 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5632 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5634 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5636 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5639 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5640 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5645 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5651 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5657 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5660 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5661 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5664 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5665 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5667 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5669 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5674 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5675 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5684 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5685 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5686 otherwise return zero. */
5688 static bfd_size_type
5689 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5693 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
5695 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5696 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5699 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5701 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
5702 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
5703 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
5704 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
5705 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
5706 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
5708 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
5709 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
5710 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
5713 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5715 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5716 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5719 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5720 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5722 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5723 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5724 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5725 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5731 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5732 &sec
, code_off
, true) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5734 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5735 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5736 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5737 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5738 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5739 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5740 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5741 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5742 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5743 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5744 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5745 disable caching for such functions. */
5751 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5753 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5756 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
5757 return size
? size
: 1;
5760 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5761 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5762 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5765 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5768 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5769 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5770 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5771 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5772 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5773 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5776 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5779 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5781 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5782 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5783 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5784 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5787 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5788 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5790 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5791 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5793 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5795 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5796 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5797 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5803 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5804 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5806 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5807 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5810 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5812 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5813 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5814 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5820 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5821 value in the output file. */
5824 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5826 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5827 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5828 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5831 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5834 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5835 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5837 return (h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
)
5838 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc_fd
)
5839 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
)
5840 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc
));
5843 static bool func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5845 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5848 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5850 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5852 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5854 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5855 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5857 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5860 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5863 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5865 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5866 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5871 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5873 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5876 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5877 false, false, true));
5880 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5881 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5884 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5887 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5888 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5890 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5891 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5892 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5893 &sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5894 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5896 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5897 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5901 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5902 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5906 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5908 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5909 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5910 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5911 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5913 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5914 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5918 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5919 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5920 && (!eh
->elf
.start_stop
5921 || eh
->elf
.root
.ldscript_def
5922 || !info
->start_stop_gc
)
5923 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5924 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5925 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5926 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5927 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5928 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5929 || info
->export_dynamic
5932 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5933 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5934 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5935 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5936 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5939 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5941 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5943 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5944 function code sym section to be marked. */
5945 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5948 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5949 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5951 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5952 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5953 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5954 &code_sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5955 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5961 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5965 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5966 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5967 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5968 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5969 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5973 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5974 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5976 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5981 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5982 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5984 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5987 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5988 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5992 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5994 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5995 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5996 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5997 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
6000 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
6001 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
6002 against garbage collection. */
6004 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
6005 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
6009 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
6010 function code sym section to be marked. */
6011 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
6014 /* They also mark their opd section. */
6015 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
6017 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6019 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6020 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6021 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6022 &rsec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6023 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
6025 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6028 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6029 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6033 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
6039 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6041 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6042 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
6043 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
6047 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
6054 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
6055 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
6057 struct sfpr_def_parms
6059 const char name
[12];
6060 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
6061 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
6062 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
6065 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
6066 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
6070 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6071 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
6074 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6076 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
6077 bool writing
= false;
6083 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
6086 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
6088 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6090 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
6091 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
6092 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
6093 writing
, true, true));
6094 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
6097 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6098 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
6100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
6102 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
6103 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, true, true, false);
6106 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6108 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6109 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
6110 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
6111 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
6114 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
6115 s
->forced_local
= 1;
6117 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6125 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
6127 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6128 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
6129 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
6130 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
6131 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
6133 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, true);
6135 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
6137 htab
->sfpr
->contents
6138 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
6139 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
6146 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
6148 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
6150 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
6151 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
6159 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6161 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6166 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6168 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6169 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6171 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6176 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6178 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6183 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6185 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6187 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6188 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6192 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6193 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6195 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6200 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6202 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6207 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6209 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6210 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6215 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6217 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6222 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6224 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6225 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6230 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6232 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6237 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6239 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6240 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6242 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6247 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6249 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6254 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6256 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6258 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6259 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6263 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6264 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6266 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6271 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6273 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6274 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6279 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6281 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6282 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6287 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6289 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6291 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6296 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6298 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6299 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6304 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6306 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6308 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6313 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6315 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6316 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6320 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6321 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6323 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6324 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6327 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6331 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6333 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6338 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6341 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6344 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6349 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6352 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6355 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6361 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6362 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6365 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6371 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6373 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6376 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6381 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6383 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6386 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6389 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6391 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6393 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6398 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6399 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6400 function descriptor symbol entries. Must not be called twice for
6401 any given code symbol. */
6404 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6406 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6407 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6408 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6409 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6412 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6413 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6419 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6420 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6424 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6428 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6429 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6431 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6432 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6433 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6434 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6435 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6436 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6437 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6438 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6439 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6440 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6441 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6442 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6443 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6445 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6446 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6447 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6448 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6451 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6453 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6455 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6456 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6460 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& fdh
->fake
)
6461 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, true);
6466 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6468 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6469 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6470 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6472 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6477 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6480 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6481 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6482 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, true);
6484 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6487 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6488 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6489 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6490 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6491 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6492 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6493 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6494 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6495 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6497 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6498 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6499 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6503 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6504 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6505 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6506 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6507 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6508 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6509 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6510 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6512 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6513 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6514 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6519 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6521 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6522 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6523 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6524 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6525 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6526 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6527 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6528 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6529 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6530 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6531 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6532 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6535 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6536 this hook to a) run the edit functions in this file, b) provide
6537 some gcc support functions, and c) transfer dynamic linking
6538 information gathered so far on function code symbol entries, to
6539 their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6542 ppc64_elf_edit (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6544 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6546 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6550 /* Call back into the linker, which then runs the edit functions. */
6551 htab
->params
->edit ();
6553 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6554 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6558 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6559 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6560 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6562 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6563 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6566 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6569 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6571 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, true);
6572 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6573 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6574 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6575 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6577 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6578 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6579 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6580 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6581 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6583 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6584 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6585 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6591 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6592 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6593 size_dynamic_sections. */
6596 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6598 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6601 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6603 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6605 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6610 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6613 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6615 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6617 for (p
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6618 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6623 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6624 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6627 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6629 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6631 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6635 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6636 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6637 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6643 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6644 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6645 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6646 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6650 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6653 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6656 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6660 /* Deal with function syms. */
6661 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6662 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6665 bool local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6666 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6667 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6668 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6669 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6670 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6671 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6672 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6673 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6674 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6675 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6677 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6678 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6680 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6682 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6683 won't need a .plt entry. */
6684 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6685 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6686 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6689 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6691 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6692 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6693 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6695 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6697 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6699 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6701 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6702 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6703 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6704 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6705 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6706 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6707 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6708 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6710 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6712 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6713 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6714 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6716 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6718 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6719 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6720 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6721 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6724 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6727 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6728 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6730 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6731 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6732 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6733 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6738 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6740 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6741 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6742 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6743 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6745 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6746 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6747 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6748 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6749 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6750 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6751 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6755 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6756 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6757 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6758 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6759 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6762 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6763 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6764 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6767 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6768 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6770 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6771 || info
->nocopyreloc
6773 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6774 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6775 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6777 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6779 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6780 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6781 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6782 to an incorrect program. */
6783 || h
->protected_def
)
6786 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6787 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6789 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6790 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6791 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6792 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6793 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6794 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6795 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6798 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6799 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6800 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6801 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6802 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6803 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6804 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6805 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6806 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6809 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6810 is not a function. */
6812 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6813 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6814 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6815 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6816 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6817 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6818 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6819 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6820 same memory location for the variable. */
6821 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6823 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6824 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6828 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6829 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6831 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6833 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6834 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6835 and into the runtime process image. */
6836 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6840 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6841 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6842 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6845 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6846 sym and the descriptor. */
6848 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6849 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6852 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6853 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6855 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6858 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6859 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6861 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6866 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6869 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6870 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6871 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6872 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6873 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6874 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6875 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6876 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6878 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6881 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6885 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6886 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6887 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6888 reason the lookup should fail. */
6891 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6892 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6894 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6895 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6905 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6910 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6911 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6913 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6914 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6915 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6918 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6920 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6923 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6925 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6926 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6934 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6936 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6937 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6938 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6939 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6943 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6944 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6948 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6949 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6951 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6953 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6954 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6955 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6956 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6957 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6958 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6960 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6962 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6970 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6971 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6973 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6975 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6976 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6979 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6980 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6982 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6983 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6984 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6985 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6986 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6988 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6994 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6995 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6996 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6999 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
7000 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
7001 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
7002 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
7003 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7006 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7009 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7013 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7014 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7017 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
7018 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7019 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
7021 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
7022 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
7025 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
7028 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
7029 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7032 off
= sym
->st_value
;
7033 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7034 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
7035 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
7036 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
7037 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
7038 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
7039 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
7040 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
7041 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7043 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
7044 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
7049 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
7051 static struct tocsave_entry
*
7052 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
7053 enum insert_option insert
,
7054 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
7055 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
7058 unsigned long r_indx
;
7059 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7060 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7061 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
7063 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
7065 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
7066 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
7068 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
7071 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
7076 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7078 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
7079 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
7081 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
7082 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
7083 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
7089 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
7098 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
7099 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
7102 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7104 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
7106 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7108 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7111 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7112 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7115 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
7116 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
7119 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
7120 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
7121 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
7123 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
7126 /* This entry has been deleted. */
7127 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
7130 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
7131 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
7133 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
7137 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7138 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
7141 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
7142 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7147 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
7148 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
7149 have already been determined. */
7152 dec_dynrel_count (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7154 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7155 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
7156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7157 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7159 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7160 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
7162 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
7163 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
7164 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7171 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
7172 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
7173 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
7174 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
7175 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
7180 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
7181 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
7182 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
7183 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
7184 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
7185 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
7186 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
7187 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
7188 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
7189 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
7190 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
7191 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7192 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7193 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7194 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7195 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7196 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7200 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7201 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7202 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7203 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7204 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7205 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7206 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7207 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7208 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7209 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7210 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7211 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7212 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7213 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7214 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7215 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7216 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7217 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7218 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7219 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7222 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7223 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7224 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7225 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7226 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7227 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7228 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7233 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7235 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7236 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7238 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7239 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7244 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7245 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !h
->root
.ldscript_def
)))
7247 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7248 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7250 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
7251 : sym_sec
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7252 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7253 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7255 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7256 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7263 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7264 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7265 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7267 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7268 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7269 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7270 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7271 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7274 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7278 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7280 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
7281 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
7282 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
7294 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7295 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7299 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7300 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7301 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7304 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7305 pp
= (struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7307 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7310 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7311 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7313 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7315 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
7316 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
7317 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
7328 /* xgettext:c-format */
7329 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7331 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7335 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7336 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7337 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7338 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7342 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7345 bool some_edited
= false;
7346 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7347 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7349 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7353 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7356 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7359 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7360 bool need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7361 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7363 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7366 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7367 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7370 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7373 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7376 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7377 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7381 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7383 /* Read the relocations. */
7384 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7386 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7389 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7390 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7394 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7395 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7397 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7398 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7400 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7404 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7405 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7407 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7408 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7409 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7411 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7412 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7413 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7414 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7415 optimization for them! */
7418 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7423 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7424 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7427 /* xgettext:c-format */
7428 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7434 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7435 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7439 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7441 const char *sym_name
;
7443 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7445 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7449 /* xgettext:c-format */
7450 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7456 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7457 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7458 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7459 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7460 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7461 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7462 which we test for via the output_section. */
7463 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7464 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7468 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7469 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7470 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7475 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7480 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7487 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7488 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7489 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7491 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7493 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7500 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7502 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7504 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7505 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7506 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7507 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7510 new_contents
= NULL
;
7511 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7512 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7513 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7514 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7517 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7518 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7519 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7520 the third word of .opd entries. */
7521 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7524 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7528 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7530 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7534 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7535 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7538 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7540 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7543 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7544 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7548 wptr
= new_contents
;
7549 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7550 write_rel
= relstart
;
7551 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7553 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7556 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7557 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7559 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7562 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7563 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7568 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7569 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7570 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7573 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7574 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7577 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7579 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7582 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7586 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7588 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7591 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7592 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7593 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7598 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7599 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7602 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7604 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7606 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7607 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7609 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7611 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7616 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, sec
, info
,
7620 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7623 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7624 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7631 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7636 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7637 this location in the opd section. It is
7638 necessary to update the value here rather
7639 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7640 for local symbols, because various places
7641 in the generic ELF code use the value
7642 stored in u.def.value. */
7643 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7644 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7647 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7648 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7649 we'd need to look through the local syms
7650 for the function descriptor sym which we
7651 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7652 array of adjustments. */
7653 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7654 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7657 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7658 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7659 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7661 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7665 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7667 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7669 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7670 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7671 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7676 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7679 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7680 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7683 free (sec
->contents
);
7684 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7687 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7688 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7689 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7690 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7693 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7696 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7697 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7699 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7702 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7707 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7709 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7710 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7711 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7715 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7717 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7719 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7723 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7724 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7727 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7728 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7732 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7736 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7739 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7740 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7746 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7747 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7750 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7752 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7755 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7757 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7761 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7762 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7763 between the call and its destination. */
7764 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7766 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7772 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7779 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7780 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7782 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7784 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7785 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7788 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7789 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7791 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7793 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7797 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7798 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7799 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7800 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7801 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7802 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7803 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7804 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7805 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7806 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7807 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7808 together except their symbol. */
7810 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7812 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7813 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7815 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7819 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7821 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7822 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7823 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7825 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7827 /* Read the relocations. */
7828 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7830 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7833 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7834 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7836 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7837 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7839 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7840 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7841 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7843 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7844 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7845 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7848 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7849 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7852 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7854 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7859 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7863 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7866 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7867 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7868 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7869 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7870 + sec
->output_offset
7871 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7872 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7873 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7874 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7875 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7876 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7877 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7880 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7884 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7885 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7887 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7890 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7897 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and various other info specific to TLS.
7898 This needs to run before dynamic symbols are processed in
7899 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. */
7902 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7904 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7907 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7911 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7912 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
7914 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
7915 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
7918 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7921 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7922 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7923 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7924 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7926 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7927 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7928 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7929 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7930 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7931 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7932 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7933 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7934 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7935 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7936 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7937 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7938 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7939 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7940 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7941 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7942 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
&& htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
7944 /* The issue is that __glink_PLTresolve saves r2, which is done
7945 because glibc ld.so _dl_runtime_resolve restores r2 to support
7946 a glibc plt call optimisation where global entry code is
7947 skipped on calls that resolve to the same binary. The
7948 __glink_PLTresolve save of r2 is incompatible with code
7949 making tail calls, because the tail call might go via the
7950 resolver and thus overwrite the proper saved r2. */
7951 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --plt-localentry is incompatible with "
7952 "power10 pc-relative code"));
7953 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7955 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7956 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7957 false, false, false) == NULL
)
7959 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7960 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7962 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7963 false, false, true);
7964 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7965 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7966 false, false, true);
7967 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7969 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7970 false, false, true);
7971 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7972 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7973 false, false, true);
7974 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7976 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7978 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7980 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7981 false, false, true);
7982 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7983 false, false, true);
7985 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7986 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7988 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7989 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7990 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7991 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7992 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7994 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7995 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7996 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7997 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7999 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8001 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
8002 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
8003 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
8004 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
8007 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8009 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8012 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8013 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8015 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8016 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8017 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8023 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8024 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
8025 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8026 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
8028 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8030 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8031 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
8032 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8033 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
8036 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
8038 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
8039 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
8040 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
8041 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
8042 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
8047 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
8048 tga
= elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
);
8049 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
8051 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8052 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
8053 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8054 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
8056 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
8058 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
8060 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
8061 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
8062 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8064 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
8065 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
8068 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8070 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
8071 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
8073 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8074 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
8075 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8076 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
8078 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
8079 desc
->forced_local
);
8080 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
8082 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
8083 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
8084 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8086 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
8087 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
8093 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
8094 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
8097 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
8098 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
8099 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
8100 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
8105 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
8106 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
8109 branch_reloc_hash_match (bfd
*ibfd
,
8110 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8111 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
8112 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
8113 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
8114 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
8116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8117 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8118 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8120 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8122 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
8123 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8125 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
8126 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
8127 if (h
== elf_hash_entry (hash1
)
8128 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash2
)
8129 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash3
)
8130 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash4
))
8136 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
8137 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
8138 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
8139 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
8140 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
8141 dynamic relocations. */
8144 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8149 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
8152 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
8155 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8159 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8161 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
8162 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
8163 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
8164 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
8165 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
8166 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
8167 and plt refcounts. */
8169 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
8170 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8172 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
8173 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8175 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8176 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
8178 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8179 bool found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8181 /* Read the relocations. */
8182 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8184 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8190 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8191 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8193 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8194 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8196 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8198 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
8199 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
8201 bool ok_tprel
, is_local
;
8202 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
8203 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
8206 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8207 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
8211 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8214 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
8215 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8222 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8223 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8224 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8225 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8229 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8234 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8235 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8236 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8239 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8243 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8245 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8246 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8248 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8249 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8250 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8251 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8252 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8253 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8254 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8255 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8257 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8261 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8262 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8263 without marker relocs, then check that each
8264 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8265 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8266 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8267 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8269 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8271 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8272 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8273 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8275 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8276 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8277 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8282 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8285 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8286 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8287 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8288 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8289 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8292 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8293 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8294 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8295 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8296 that turns out to be the case. */
8303 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8306 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8307 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8308 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8309 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8310 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8313 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8314 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8320 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8322 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8325 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8326 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8327 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8328 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8329 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8334 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8335 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8345 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8346 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8349 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8351 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8352 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8354 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8355 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8360 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8362 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8365 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8369 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8370 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8375 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8380 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8381 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8384 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8385 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8386 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8387 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8388 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8390 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8391 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8395 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8397 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8398 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8401 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8402 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8403 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8404 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8405 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8406 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8408 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8412 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8417 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8420 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8424 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8429 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8430 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8435 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8439 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8441 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8443 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8444 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8448 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8451 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8460 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8465 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8468 unsigned char buf
[4];
8470 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8471 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8474 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8475 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8476 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8477 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8479 /* xgettext:c-format */
8480 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8481 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8482 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8483 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8488 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8489 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8490 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8491 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8492 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8493 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8494 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8495 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8496 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8497 able to verify easily. */
8498 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8507 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8508 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8511 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8512 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8513 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8518 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8520 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8521 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8524 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8529 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8531 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8532 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8533 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8535 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8541 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8542 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8543 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8544 the entire optimization. */
8545 /* xgettext:c-format */
8546 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8547 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8548 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8553 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8554 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8555 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8556 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8557 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8558 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8559 Disable optimization in this case. */
8560 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8561 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8562 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8563 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8564 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8567 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8569 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8571 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8572 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8575 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8578 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8579 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8582 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8585 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8586 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8589 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8592 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8593 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8596 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8600 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8601 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8607 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8609 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8611 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8615 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8617 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8618 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8619 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8620 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8627 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8628 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8629 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8634 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8635 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8636 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, sec
, info
,
8640 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8642 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
+ 1, sec
, info
,
8648 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8649 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8652 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8657 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8659 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8662 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8670 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8671 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8672 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8673 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8674 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8676 struct adjust_toc_info
8679 unsigned long *skip
;
8680 bool global_toc_syms
;
8683 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8686 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8688 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8689 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8692 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8693 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8696 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8697 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8700 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8702 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8703 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8705 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8707 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8710 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8713 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8714 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8717 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8718 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8720 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8721 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= true;
8726 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8727 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8730 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8732 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8733 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8734 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8735 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8736 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8737 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8738 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8739 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8740 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8741 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8742 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8743 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8744 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8745 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8746 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8747 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8748 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8749 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8750 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8751 will need testing too. */
8752 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8753 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8755 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8756 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8757 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8758 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8759 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8760 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8763 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8764 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8765 load/store rt,off(ra)
8768 load/store rt,off(ra)
8769 may be translated to
8770 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8772 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8773 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8775 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8776 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8777 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8780 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8782 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8783 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8786 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8788 /* Check that regs match. */
8789 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8792 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8793 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8796 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8798 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8799 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8805 /* Check that regs match. */
8806 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8809 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8825 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8827 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8828 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8829 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8832 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8833 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8835 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8836 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8837 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8838 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8841 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8842 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8844 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8845 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8846 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8847 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8850 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8851 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8853 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8855 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8856 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8857 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8858 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8862 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8863 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8864 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8865 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8870 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8871 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8872 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8875 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8876 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8878 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8879 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8880 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8881 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8884 case 62: /* std, stq */
8885 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8887 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8888 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8889 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8890 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8895 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8896 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8900 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8901 unused .toc entries. */
8904 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8907 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8908 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8910 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8911 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= true;
8912 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8914 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8915 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8917 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8918 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8919 unsigned char *used
;
8920 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8922 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8925 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8928 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8929 || discarded_section (toc
))
8934 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8936 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8939 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8941 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8942 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8943 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8944 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8945 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8948 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
8949 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8952 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8954 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8956 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8957 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8960 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8963 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8970 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8971 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8972 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8973 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8974 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8978 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8979 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8987 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8989 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8990 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8992 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8995 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8996 If not, don't mark as unused. */
9002 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
9007 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
9010 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9014 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
9015 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
9016 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
9018 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
9019 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
9020 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
9021 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
9023 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
9024 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
9025 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9027 /* Read toc relocs. */
9028 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9030 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9033 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9035 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9036 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9038 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9039 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9042 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9043 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
9046 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9047 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9052 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9053 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9056 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9057 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9058 && sym_sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
9063 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9065 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9069 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9071 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9073 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9074 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9076 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
9077 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
9078 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
9079 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
9080 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
9081 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
9084 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
9085 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
9090 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
9095 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9096 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
9103 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
9107 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9110 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9112 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9118 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
9119 Check the toc itself last. */
9120 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
9123 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
9124 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
9125 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
9130 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9131 || discarded_section (sec
)
9132 || get_opd_info (sec
)
9133 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
9134 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
9137 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9139 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9145 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
9149 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9151 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9152 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9154 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9155 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9158 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9162 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9163 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9164 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9165 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9166 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9167 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
9168 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9175 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9176 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9187 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9189 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9190 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9192 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
9195 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9202 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9205 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9206 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
9207 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
9208 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
9214 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
9219 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9220 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9227 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9228 entry itself isn't unused. */
9229 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9230 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9233 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9242 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9246 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9247 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9248 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9249 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9250 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9255 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9256 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9260 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9263 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9273 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9275 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9276 bool local_toc_syms
= false;
9278 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9279 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9280 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9283 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9285 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9286 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9289 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9294 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9298 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9299 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9301 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9302 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9303 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9305 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9306 || discarded_section (sec
))
9309 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9311 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9314 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9316 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9317 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9322 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9329 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9330 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9331 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9332 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9333 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9334 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9338 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9339 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9347 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9350 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9352 local_toc_syms
= true;
9355 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9357 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9359 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9361 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9363 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9364 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9365 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9369 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9370 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9373 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9374 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9378 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9380 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9381 /* xgettext:c-format */
9382 (_("%H: %s references "
9383 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9384 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9385 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9389 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9390 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9394 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9397 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9398 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9401 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9405 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9406 but handle them anyway. */
9407 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9408 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9409 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9411 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9412 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9416 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9417 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9419 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9421 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9425 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9426 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9429 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9430 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9433 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9434 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9437 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9438 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9441 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9442 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= false;
9443 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9447 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9450 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9453 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9454 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9455 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9457 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9461 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9462 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9463 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9465 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9466 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9467 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9470 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, toc
, info
,
9471 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9474 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9475 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9476 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9477 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9478 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9481 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9484 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9485 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9487 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9490 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9495 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9496 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9497 number of GOT entries. */
9498 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9501 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9502 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9503 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9506 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9509 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9512 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9515 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9518 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9520 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9522 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9523 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9524 || discarded_section (sec
))
9527 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9529 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9532 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9535 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9540 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9542 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9543 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9544 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9546 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9547 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9549 unsigned char buf
[8];
9551 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9553 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9557 insn_check
= no_check
;
9560 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9561 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9562 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9563 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9564 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9565 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9566 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9567 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9570 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9571 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9572 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9573 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9574 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9575 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9576 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9577 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9578 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9579 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9580 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9584 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9586 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9588 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9591 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9592 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9593 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9594 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9595 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9599 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9600 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9601 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9602 /* xgettext:c-format */
9603 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9604 " %s instruction\n"),
9605 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9612 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9613 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9614 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9615 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9616 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9617 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9621 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9622 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9623 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9627 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9628 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9633 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9634 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9637 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9640 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9641 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9642 && sym_sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
9646 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9648 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9649 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9650 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9652 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9653 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9654 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9661 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9662 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9663 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9666 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9667 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9669 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9670 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9671 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9675 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9676 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9677 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9679 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9680 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9682 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9683 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9687 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9689 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9690 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9691 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9693 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9694 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9696 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9697 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9699 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9700 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9710 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9711 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9713 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9714 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9715 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9716 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9718 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9719 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9722 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9726 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9727 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9729 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9732 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9739 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9740 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9743 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9745 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9746 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9749 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9752 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9753 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9754 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9756 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9757 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9758 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9760 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9761 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9762 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9764 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9765 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9767 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9769 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9770 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9772 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9773 && (gent
->tls_type
== 0
9774 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
9775 : !(bfd_link_executable (info
)
9776 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9777 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9778 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9780 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9781 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9783 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9784 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9788 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9791 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9793 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9795 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9796 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9797 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9798 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9799 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9800 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9801 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9803 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
9804 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9808 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9811 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9812 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9814 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9816 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9817 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9818 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9819 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9822 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9823 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9827 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
9828 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
9831 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9832 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9836 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
9839 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9843 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9845 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9846 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9848 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9849 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9851 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9854 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9855 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9859 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9860 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9862 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9863 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9864 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9865 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9867 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9868 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9869 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9870 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9871 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9872 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9873 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9874 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9876 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9880 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9881 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9882 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9885 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9886 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9888 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9889 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9890 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9892 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9893 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9895 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9896 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9899 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9902 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9904 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9905 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9907 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9908 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9910 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9912 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9915 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9918 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9921 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9922 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9923 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9924 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9925 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9927 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9928 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9929 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9930 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9932 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9933 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9934 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9935 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9937 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9939 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9941 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9942 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9943 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9944 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9945 visibility changes. */
9946 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9948 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9949 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9950 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9951 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9952 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9953 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9954 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9955 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9957 for (pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
9961 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9970 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9972 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9973 should be made dynamic. */
9974 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9979 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9980 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9981 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9983 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
9985 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9986 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
9987 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
9989 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9991 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9992 should be made dynamic. */
9993 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9996 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9997 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9998 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
10001 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
10004 /* Finally, allocate space. */
10005 for (p
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10007 unsigned int count
;
10008 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10009 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10010 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10012 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
10013 && ((!NO_OPD_RELOCS
10014 && ppc64_elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
10015 || (eh
->elf
.type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
10016 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
10017 count
-= p
->rel_count
;
10018 sreloc
->size
+= count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10022 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
10025 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
10026 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
10027 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
10028 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10029 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
10032 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10033 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10034 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
10035 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
10037 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
10038 bool doneone
= false;
10039 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
10040 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10042 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
10045 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
10047 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10049 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10050 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10051 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10052 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10056 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10057 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10058 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10060 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10061 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
10062 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
10067 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
10069 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10071 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10073 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10075 /* Make room for this entry. */
10076 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10078 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
10081 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
10084 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
10085 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
10092 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
10093 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
10096 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10100 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10103 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
10109 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
10116 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
10117 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
10118 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
10120 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
10121 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
10123 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10124 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
10125 after the branch table. */
10128 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
10130 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
10131 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10132 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
10135 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
10138 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10141 if (h
->def_regular
)
10145 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10149 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
10150 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10151 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
10152 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
10153 && pent
->addend
== 0)
10155 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
10156 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
10157 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
10158 This is to avoid text relocations. */
10159 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
10160 unsigned int align_power
;
10163 stub_off
= s
->size
;
10164 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10165 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10167 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10168 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
10169 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
10170 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
10171 entry stubs are needed. */
10172 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
10173 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
10174 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
10175 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
10176 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
10177 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
10178 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
10179 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
10180 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
10181 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
10182 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
10183 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
10184 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
10185 the stub offset. */
10186 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
10188 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
10189 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
10190 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
10191 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
10197 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
10200 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10201 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10203 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10208 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
10210 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10214 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
10215 if (dynobj
== NULL
)
10218 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10220 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
10221 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
10223 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
10226 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10227 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10231 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
10233 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10235 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
10236 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
10237 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
10238 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
10239 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
10240 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
10241 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10242 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
10243 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10245 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10248 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10250 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
10252 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10254 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
10255 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10257 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10258 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10259 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10262 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10264 unsigned int count
;
10268 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
10269 && ((!NO_OPD_RELOCS
10270 && (ppc64_elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sec_type
10273 count
-= p
->rel_count
;
10274 srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10276 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10277 srel
->size
+= count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10278 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10279 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10284 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10288 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10289 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10290 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10291 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10292 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10293 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10294 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10295 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10297 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
10298 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10299 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
10302 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10303 for (isym
= local_syms
;
10304 lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
;
10305 ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
, isym
++)
10307 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10310 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10311 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10313 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10315 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10320 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10321 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10323 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10324 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10329 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10330 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10332 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10333 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10335 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10336 && (ent
->tls_type
== 0
10337 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
10338 : !bfd_link_executable (info
))
10339 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10341 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10342 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10350 if (local_syms
!= NULL
10351 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
10353 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
10356 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
10359 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10360 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10361 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10363 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10365 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10366 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10368 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10370 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10371 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10372 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10373 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10375 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10376 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10377 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10380 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10381 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10382 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10383 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10384 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
10385 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10389 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10393 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10394 sym dynamic relocs. */
10395 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10397 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10398 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10400 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10401 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10403 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10405 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10408 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10409 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10411 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10413 ent
->is_indirect
= true;
10414 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10418 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10420 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10421 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10424 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10426 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10427 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10432 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10435 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10436 Allocate memory for them. */
10438 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10440 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10443 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
|| s
== htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
)
10444 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10446 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10447 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10448 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10449 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10450 || s
== htab
->glink
10451 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10452 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10453 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10455 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10458 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10460 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10461 /* Not sized yet. */
10464 else if (startswith (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10468 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10471 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10472 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10473 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10478 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10484 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10485 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10486 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10487 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10488 before the linker maps input sections to output
10489 sections. The linker does that before
10490 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10491 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10492 into these sections. */
10493 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10497 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10498 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10501 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10504 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10505 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10506 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10507 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10508 sections instead of garbage.
10509 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10510 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10511 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10512 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10516 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10518 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10521 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10522 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10525 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10528 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10529 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10533 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10537 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10540 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10541 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10544 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10549 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10553 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10554 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10555 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10556 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10557 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10558 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10559 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10561 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10563 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10567 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10569 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10570 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10571 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10572 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10573 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10577 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10579 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10580 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10584 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10585 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10586 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10587 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10588 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10589 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10591 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10597 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10598 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10599 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10602 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10603 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10604 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10605 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10606 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10608 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10610 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10615 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10620 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10623 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10625 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10627 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10630 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10633 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10635 static inline enum ppc_stub_main_type
10636 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10637 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10638 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10639 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10640 bfd_vma destination
,
10641 unsigned long local_off
)
10643 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10645 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10646 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10647 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10651 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10652 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10654 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10656 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10660 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10661 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10662 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10665 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10668 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10669 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10670 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10671 any other type of stub. */
10672 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10673 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10674 return ppc_stub_none
;
10676 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10678 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10679 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10680 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10681 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10683 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10685 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10687 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10688 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10689 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10692 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10697 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10698 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10699 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10702 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10703 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10705 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10706 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10707 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10708 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10709 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10710 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10712 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10713 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10714 is needed later. */
10715 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10717 return ppc_stub_none
;
10720 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10721 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10726 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10727 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10728 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10729 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10730 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10731 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10734 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bool load
)
10736 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10738 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10740 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10742 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10744 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10747 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10749 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10752 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10754 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10757 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10759 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10764 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10766 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10771 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10773 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10775 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10779 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10781 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10784 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10786 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10789 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10791 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10795 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10797 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10803 static unsigned int
10804 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10807 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10809 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10813 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10818 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10821 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10823 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10825 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10832 static unsigned int
10833 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10835 unsigned int num_rel
;
10836 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10838 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10843 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10844 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10846 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10848 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10854 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10855 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10856 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10858 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10859 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10861 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10862 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10863 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10864 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10865 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10867 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10870 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10871 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10872 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10876 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10877 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10880 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10881 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10885 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10886 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10887 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10890 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10892 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10896 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10897 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10898 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10900 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10904 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10905 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10906 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10913 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10917 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10922 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10928 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10930 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10932 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10934 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10935 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10936 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10937 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10938 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10941 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10945 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10948 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10949 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10951 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10955 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10959 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10961 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10968 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10972 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10975 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10976 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10978 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10982 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10986 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10988 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10994 static unsigned int
10995 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10997 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10999 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11005 static unsigned int
11006 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
11008 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
11010 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11016 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11017 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11018 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
11019 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
11021 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
11023 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11025 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
11026 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11027 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
11028 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
11034 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
11035 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11036 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
11037 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
11040 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11041 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
11042 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
11046 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11047 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11048 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
11052 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
11055 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
11059 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
11060 else if (delta
< 256)
11062 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
11065 else if (delta
< 65536)
11067 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
11068 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
11073 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
11074 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
11080 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
11082 static unsigned int
11083 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
11085 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
11086 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
11088 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
11089 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
11091 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
11092 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
11094 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
11098 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
11099 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
11100 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
11101 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
11102 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
11103 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
11104 the appropriate glink entry if so.
11106 . fake dep barrier compare
11107 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
11108 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
11109 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
11110 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
11111 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
11112 . bctr b <glink_entry>
11114 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
11115 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
11117 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
11118 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
11120 static inline unsigned int
11121 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11122 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11128 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
11130 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11131 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11134 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_p9notoc
)
11136 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
11137 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11143 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11145 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11150 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
11152 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
11153 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11154 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11155 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
11157 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
11162 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11163 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11164 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11166 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11169 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11175 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11182 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
11183 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
11185 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
11186 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
11188 static inline unsigned int
11189 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11190 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11196 unsigned stub_size
;
11198 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
11200 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
11201 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
11202 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
11206 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
11207 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
, odd
);
11208 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
11209 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
11210 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
11214 /* Build a toc using .plt call stub. */
11216 static inline bfd_byte
*
11217 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11218 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11219 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11221 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11222 bool plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
11223 bool plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
11224 bool plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
11225 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11226 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11227 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
11228 bool use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
11229 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
11231 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
11234 && !(stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11235 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11236 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
11238 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11239 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
11240 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
11241 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
11244 if (pltindex
> 32768)
11245 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
11247 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
11248 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
11249 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
11250 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11251 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11252 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
11253 != PPC_HA (offset
))
11254 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
11256 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11257 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11258 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
11259 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
11262 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11266 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11267 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11268 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11269 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11270 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11271 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11274 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11276 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11277 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
11278 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11282 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11283 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11284 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11285 if (plt_static_chain
)
11287 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11288 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11289 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11294 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11295 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11298 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11299 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11303 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11304 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11307 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11309 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11312 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11317 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11318 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11320 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11321 if (plt_static_chain
)
11322 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11329 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11330 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11331 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11334 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11336 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11337 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11338 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11342 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11343 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11344 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11345 if (plt_static_chain
)
11347 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11348 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11349 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11354 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11355 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11356 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11358 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11360 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11363 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11368 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11369 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11371 if (plt_static_chain
)
11372 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11373 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11376 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11378 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11379 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11380 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11383 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11387 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11389 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11390 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11391 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11392 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11393 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11394 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11395 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11396 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11399 build_tls_get_addr_head (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11400 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11403 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11405 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11406 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11407 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11408 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11409 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11410 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11411 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11413 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11414 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11415 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11417 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11419 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11426 build_tls_get_addr_tail (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11427 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11431 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11433 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11435 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11437 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11439 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11442 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11444 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11446 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11448 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11450 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11452 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11454 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11458 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11459 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11461 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11463 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11464 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11466 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11468 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
, i
;
11470 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11471 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11472 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11473 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11474 specified by that point.
11475 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11476 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11477 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11478 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11480 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11481 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11482 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11483 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11484 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11485 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11493 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11495 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11496 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11498 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11499 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11501 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11502 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11503 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11505 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11506 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11507 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11508 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11510 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11512 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11514 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11516 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11517 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11518 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11519 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11520 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11522 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11523 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11524 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11526 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11532 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11533 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11535 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11536 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11538 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11539 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11540 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11542 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11543 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11544 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11545 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11547 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11548 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11549 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11550 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11552 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11553 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11554 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11555 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11557 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11558 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11562 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11563 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11567 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11568 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11569 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11572 unsigned long symndx
;
11573 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11576 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11577 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11578 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11579 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11581 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11583 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11584 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11585 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11587 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11588 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11589 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11591 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11592 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11594 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11596 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11597 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11598 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11599 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11600 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11601 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11602 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11604 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11605 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11607 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11608 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11613 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11620 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11621 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11623 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11624 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11628 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11631 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11633 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11634 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11636 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11637 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11639 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11640 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11641 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11643 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11645 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11646 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11647 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11648 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11650 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11655 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11657 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11658 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11659 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11660 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11663 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11665 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11671 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11672 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11675 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11676 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11677 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11678 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11679 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11680 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11681 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11682 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11684 /* Same for the group. */
11685 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11686 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11687 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11688 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11689 "output section. Retry without "
11690 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11691 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11692 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11694 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11698 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11699 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11701 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1] += 1;
11702 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
11703 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
11705 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11706 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11707 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11708 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11709 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11711 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11712 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11713 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11714 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11718 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11719 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11721 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11723 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11725 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11728 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11730 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11732 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11735 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11737 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11742 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11745 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11748 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11749 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11750 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11754 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11756 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11759 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11760 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11761 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11762 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11763 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11767 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
11768 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
11770 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11771 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11773 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11775 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11776 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11777 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11781 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11782 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11783 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11784 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11785 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11787 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11788 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11790 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11792 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11794 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& !info
->enable_dt_relr
)
11796 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11797 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11800 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11801 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11802 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11803 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11804 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11806 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11807 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11808 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11809 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11811 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11813 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11816 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11817 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11818 translated from input file to output file form, so
11819 set up the offset per the output file. */
11820 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11821 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11822 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11823 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11824 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11828 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11829 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11830 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11832 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11833 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11836 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11838 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11839 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11840 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11842 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11846 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11848 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11851 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11852 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11853 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11854 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11855 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11856 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11857 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11858 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11860 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11861 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11862 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11863 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11868 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11869 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11871 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11873 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11875 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11878 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11882 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11884 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11886 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11890 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11892 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11894 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11896 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11899 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11901 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11904 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11906 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11909 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11913 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11915 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11918 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
11920 bool is_plt
= stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
;
11922 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11923 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11924 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11925 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11927 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11928 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11929 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11932 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11935 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11938 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11943 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11944 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11947 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11948 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11950 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11951 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11953 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11955 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11958 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11959 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11960 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11966 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
11967 p
= build_power10_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, odd
, is_plt
);
11970 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11971 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11973 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11974 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11976 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11977 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11978 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11979 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) + 8;
11980 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11981 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11982 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11983 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11986 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11987 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11989 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11992 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11993 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11994 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11995 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11996 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11998 p
= build_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, is_plt
);
12001 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12005 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12006 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12007 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12009 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
12013 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
12015 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
12020 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
12022 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12024 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12025 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12026 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12029 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
12032 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
12035 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12036 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
12038 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
12039 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12042 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12043 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
12044 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
12045 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
12046 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12047 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
12052 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
12054 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12055 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
12056 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
12058 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
12060 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
12061 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
12062 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12063 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12064 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12065 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
12068 /* Now build the stub. */
12069 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12070 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12073 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12074 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12076 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12077 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12079 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12081 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12083 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12084 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12087 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
12089 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12090 /* xgettext:c-format */
12091 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
12092 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12093 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
12095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12096 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12101 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12103 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12104 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12106 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12107 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12111 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12112 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
12113 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
12114 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
12117 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
12118 is_tga
= (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12119 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12120 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
12123 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
12125 r
[0].r_offset
+= p
- loc
;
12127 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, off
, r
);
12129 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
12131 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
12139 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
12141 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
12143 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12146 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
12150 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1]);
12151 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12152 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
12155 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
12156 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1], len1
);
12157 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
12158 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
12161 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
12163 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
12164 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
12165 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
12166 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
12167 h
->def_regular
= 1;
12168 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
12169 h
->forced_local
= 1;
12171 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
12178 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
12179 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
12180 long_branch stubs won't do. */
12183 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
12185 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
12186 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12187 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12189 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
12190 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
12191 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
12193 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
12194 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
12197 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12201 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
12202 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
12203 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
12204 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
12205 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12206 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
12207 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12208 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12210 /* Same for the group. */
12211 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
12212 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
12213 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12214 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
12215 "output section. Retry without "
12216 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12217 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12218 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12220 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
12221 stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12222 if (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
12223 && stub_entry
->stub_offset
> stub_offset
)
12224 stub_offset
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
12226 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12227 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
12228 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12229 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
12231 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
12232 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
12233 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
12234 stub_entry
->type
.main
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
12235 stub_entry
->type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
12236 stub_entry
->type
.r2save
= 0;
12240 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
12242 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
12243 can reach with a shorter stub. */
12244 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12247 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
12248 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
12250 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12251 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12252 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12253 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
12255 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12256 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12260 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12262 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
12263 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12265 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12269 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12271 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12277 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12278 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12279 if ((stub_entry
->type
.r2save
12281 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12282 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12284 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12286 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12287 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12289 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12291 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12292 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12293 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12297 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12299 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12300 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12301 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12303 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& !info
->enable_dt_relr
)
12304 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12305 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12307 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12308 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12312 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12313 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12314 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12315 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12316 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12319 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12321 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12322 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12323 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12326 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12327 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12330 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12336 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12339 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12341 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12345 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12347 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12348 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12351 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12354 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12355 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12357 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12360 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12361 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12362 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12366 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12368 unsigned int num_rel
;
12369 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12370 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12372 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12373 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12374 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12377 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12378 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12380 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12381 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12383 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12384 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12388 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12390 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12391 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12392 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ 8;
12393 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12395 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12396 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12397 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12398 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12399 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12400 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12403 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12404 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12406 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12409 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12410 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12412 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12414 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
);
12416 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12417 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12418 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12421 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12423 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12426 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12428 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12429 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12432 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12433 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12435 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12436 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12438 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12440 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12442 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12443 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12448 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12450 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_offset
, off
, odd
);
12452 stub_offset
+= pad
;
12457 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12459 unsigned int num_rel
;
12460 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12461 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12463 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12464 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12465 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12468 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12470 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12472 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12473 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12474 lr_used
+= stub_offset
+ 8;
12475 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12476 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12477 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12478 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12479 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12480 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12482 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12483 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12484 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12486 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12488 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12489 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12490 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12491 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12492 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12494 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12496 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12497 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12498 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12499 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12503 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
12505 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12506 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12508 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12509 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12511 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12512 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12514 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12516 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12518 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12519 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12522 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12524 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_offset
, off
, 0);
12526 stub_offset
+= pad
;
12529 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12531 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12532 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12534 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12535 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12537 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12540 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12542 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12543 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12544 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12545 && stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12547 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12549 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12550 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12551 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12552 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12553 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12557 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12558 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12559 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12560 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12561 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12562 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12564 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12573 if (stub_entry
->stub_offset
!= stub_offset
)
12574 htab
->stub_changed
= true;
12575 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_offset
;
12576 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_offset
+ size
;
12580 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12581 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12582 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12585 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12589 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12594 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12595 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12596 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12597 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12600 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12601 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12602 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12607 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12610 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12612 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12614 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12615 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12616 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12619 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12620 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12621 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12624 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12626 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12627 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12632 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12634 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12635 bool new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12639 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12640 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12643 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12644 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12645 limit
= 0x80008000;
12646 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12648 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12650 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12651 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12652 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12653 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12656 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12657 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12658 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12659 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12660 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12661 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12662 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12664 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12665 file .toc and .got together. */
12667 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12668 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12671 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12675 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12676 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12677 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12678 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12680 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12682 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12683 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12685 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12686 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12688 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12689 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12690 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12691 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12696 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12700 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12702 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12705 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12710 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12714 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12716 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12718 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12721 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12722 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12723 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12727 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12728 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12732 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12734 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12735 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12736 bool done_something
;
12738 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12740 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12743 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12744 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12746 /* And tlsld_got. */
12747 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12749 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12751 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12754 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12755 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12756 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12758 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12760 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12763 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12764 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12765 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12766 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12768 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
12769 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12775 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12776 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12777 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12778 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12780 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12782 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12784 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12787 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12790 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12792 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12793 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12798 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12799 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12800 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12802 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12803 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12804 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12805 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12806 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12807 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12808 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12810 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12811 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12813 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12816 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12820 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12821 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12822 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12823 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12824 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12825 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12826 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12827 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
12829 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
12830 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
12831 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
12834 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12835 for (isym
= local_syms
;
12836 lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
;
12837 ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
, isym
++)
12839 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12841 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12843 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12844 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12846 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12847 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12852 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12853 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12855 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12856 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12858 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12859 && (ent
->tls_type
== 0
12860 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
12861 : !bfd_link_executable (info
))
12862 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
12864 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12865 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12871 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12873 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12875 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12877 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12880 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12881 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12882 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12884 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12885 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12887 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12889 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12890 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12895 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12896 if (!done_something
)
12897 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12901 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12904 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12907 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12908 if (done_something
)
12913 if (done_something
)
12914 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12916 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12917 on input sections. */
12918 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12919 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12920 htab
->second_toc_pass
= true;
12921 return done_something
;
12924 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12927 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12929 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12931 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12932 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12933 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12936 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12937 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12938 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12939 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12940 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12941 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12942 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12945 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12949 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12950 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12952 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12953 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12956 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12959 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12963 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12965 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12966 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12967 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12969 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12970 info
->keep_memory
);
12971 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12974 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12976 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12980 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12982 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12983 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12985 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12986 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12988 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12992 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12993 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12994 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12995 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
12996 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12997 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12998 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12999 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
13000 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
13003 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
13004 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
13011 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
13013 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13015 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
13017 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
13023 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
13024 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
13027 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
13028 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
13029 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
13036 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13039 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13040 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13042 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13044 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
13046 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
13047 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13050 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13054 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13056 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
13058 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13061 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13062 &sym_sec
, NULL
, false);
13063 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
13068 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13069 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13071 /* Ignore branch to self. */
13072 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
13075 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
13076 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13077 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13083 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
13084 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
13085 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
13086 + isec
->output_section
->vma
13087 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
13088 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
13096 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
13097 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
13098 are needed, so don't return zero. */
13099 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
13102 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
13103 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
13104 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
13108 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
13109 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
13111 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
13112 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
13113 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
13124 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
13125 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13127 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
13132 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
13133 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
13134 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
13136 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
13137 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13139 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
13142 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
13143 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
13144 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
13151 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
13156 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
13157 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
13158 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
13159 we may insert linker stubs. */
13162 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13164 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13169 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13170 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13172 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
13173 which is what we want. */
13174 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
13175 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
13176 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
13179 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
13181 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
13182 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
13183 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
13184 hit an exception. */
13185 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
13186 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13187 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
13188 || isec
->call_check_done
))
13190 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
13193 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
13194 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
13195 check_pasted_section(). */
13196 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
13197 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
13200 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
13204 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
13205 have toc relocs. */
13208 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
13210 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
13214 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13215 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
13218 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13219 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
13222 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13223 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
13228 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13229 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13231 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13235 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
13237 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13238 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
13244 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13246 bool ret1
= check_pasted_section (info
, ".init");
13247 bool ret2
= check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini");
13249 return ret1
&& ret2
;
13252 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
13253 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
13254 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
13255 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
13256 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
13257 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
13260 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13261 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
13262 bool stubs_always_before_branch
)
13264 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13266 bool suppress_size_errors
;
13268 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13272 suppress_size_errors
= false;
13273 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
13275 /* Default values. */
13276 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
13277 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
13279 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
13280 suppress_size_errors
= true;
13283 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
13287 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13290 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
13291 while (tail
!= NULL
)
13295 bfd_size_type total
;
13298 struct map_stub
*group
;
13299 bfd_size_type group_size
;
13302 total
= tail
->size
;
13303 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
13304 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
13305 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
13307 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
13308 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
13309 /* xgettext:c-format */
13310 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
13311 tail
->owner
, tail
);
13312 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
13314 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13315 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13316 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13317 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13318 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13319 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13322 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13323 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13324 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13325 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13326 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13327 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13328 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13329 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13330 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13331 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13332 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13335 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13336 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13337 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13338 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13339 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13340 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13341 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13342 htab
->group
= group
;
13345 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13346 /* Set up this stub group. */
13347 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13349 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13351 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13352 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13353 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13354 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13355 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13356 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13359 while (prev
!= NULL
13360 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13361 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13362 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13363 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13365 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13368 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13369 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13378 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13380 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13381 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13382 1, /* CIE version. */
13383 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13384 4, /* Code alignment. */
13385 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13387 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13388 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13389 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13392 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13393 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13394 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13398 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13400 if (isec
->size
== 0
13401 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13402 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13403 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13404 isec
->output_section
)
13405 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13407 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13408 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13409 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13414 compare_relr_address (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
13416 bfd_vma a
= *(bfd_vma
*) arg1
;
13417 bfd_vma b
= *(bfd_vma
*) arg2
;
13418 return a
< b
? -1 : a
> b
? 1 : 0;
13422 append_relr_off (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_vma off
)
13424 if (htab
->relr_count
>= htab
->relr_alloc
)
13426 if (htab
->relr_alloc
== 0)
13427 htab
->relr_alloc
= 4096;
13429 htab
->relr_alloc
*= 2;
13431 = bfd_realloc (htab
->relr_addr
,
13432 htab
->relr_alloc
* sizeof (htab
->relr_addr
[0]));
13433 if (htab
->relr_addr
== NULL
)
13436 htab
->relr_addr
[htab
->relr_count
++] = off
;
13441 got_and_plt_relr_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13443 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13446 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13448 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **lgot
, **end_lgot_ents
;
13449 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
13450 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13451 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
13452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
13453 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13454 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
13455 struct got_entry
*gent
;
13457 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
13460 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
13464 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
13465 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13466 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13467 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
13469 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
13470 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
13471 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
13474 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
13475 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
13476 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
13477 for (lgot
= lgot_ents
, isym
= local_syms
;
13478 lgot
< end_lgot_ents
;
13480 for (gent
= *lgot
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
13481 if (!gent
->is_indirect
13482 && gent
->tls_type
== 0
13483 && gent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13484 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
13486 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
13487 bfd_vma r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
13488 + got
->output_offset
13489 + gent
->got
.offset
);
13490 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, r_offset
))
13492 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13497 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13498 for (lplt
= local_plt
, isym
= local_syms
;
13499 lplt
< end_local_plt
;
13501 for (pent
= *lplt
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
13502 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13503 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13505 bfd_vma r_offset
= (pent
->plt
.offset
13506 + htab
->pltlocal
->output_offset
13507 + htab
->pltlocal
->output_section
->vma
);
13508 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, r_offset
))
13510 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13516 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13517 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13519 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13522 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13529 got_and_plt_relr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13532 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13533 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
13534 struct got_entry
*gent
;
13536 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13539 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13540 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13544 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
13546 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13547 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13549 if ((!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13550 || h
->dynindx
== -1
13551 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
13552 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
13553 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
13554 if (!gent
->is_indirect
13555 && gent
->tls_type
== 0
13556 && gent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13558 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
13559 bfd_vma r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
13560 + got
->output_offset
13561 + gent
->got
.offset
);
13562 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, r_offset
))
13564 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13570 && use_local_plt (info
, h
))
13571 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
13572 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13574 bfd_vma r_offset
= (htab
->pltlocal
->output_section
->vma
13575 + htab
->pltlocal
->output_offset
13576 + pent
->plt
.offset
);
13577 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, r_offset
))
13579 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13587 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13589 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13590 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13594 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13596 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13597 bool stubs_always_before_branch
;
13598 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13603 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13604 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13606 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13607 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13608 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13609 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13610 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13612 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13616 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13618 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13619 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13624 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13625 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13626 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13627 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13628 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13629 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13630 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13631 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13632 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13633 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13634 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13640 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13642 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13643 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13644 false, false, true);
13645 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13646 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13650 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13651 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13652 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13654 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13656 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13659 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13660 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13661 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13662 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13663 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13664 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13665 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13667 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13669 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13671 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13672 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13673 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13674 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13676 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
13677 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13678 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13679 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13680 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13682 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13684 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13685 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13686 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13687 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13688 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13689 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13690 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, true);
13693 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13694 exit on a stub section shrinking. */
13699 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13700 struct map_stub
*group
;
13702 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13703 htab
->relr_count
= 0;
13705 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13707 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13711 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13713 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13716 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13717 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13718 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13721 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13722 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13724 section
= section
->next
)
13726 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13729 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13731 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13732 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13733 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13734 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13737 if (!info
->enable_dt_relr
13738 && (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13741 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13742 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13743 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13744 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13747 /* Get the relocs. */
13749 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13750 info
->keep_memory
);
13751 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13752 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13754 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
13756 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13757 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13758 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13759 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13761 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13762 unsigned int r_indx
;
13763 struct ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13764 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13765 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13766 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13767 bfd_vma destination
;
13768 unsigned long local_off
;
13770 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13771 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13772 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13773 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13775 const asection
*id_sec
;
13776 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13777 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13779 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13780 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13782 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13784 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13785 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13788 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13794 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
13795 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
13796 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
13797 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
13798 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
13799 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
13800 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
13804 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
13806 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
13807 && irela
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
13808 && section
->alignment_power
!= 0)
13813 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13815 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13816 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13817 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13819 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
13821 /* Only locally defined symbols can possibly use
13822 relative relocations. */
13824 if ((sym_sec
== NULL
13825 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
13826 /* No symbol is OK too. */
13827 && !(sym
!= NULL
&& sym
->st_shndx
== 0)
13828 /* Hack for __ehdr_start, which is undefined
13830 && !(h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.linker_def
))
13832 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
13835 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
13838 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
13839 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13842 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
13843 : sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13846 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
13849 r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (info
->output_bfd
,
13853 if (r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
13855 r_offset
+= (section
->output_section
->vma
13856 + section
->output_offset
);
13857 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, r_offset
))
13858 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13862 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13868 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13869 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13870 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13873 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13874 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13876 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13877 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13880 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13881 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13883 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13884 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13886 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13887 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13889 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13890 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13891 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13893 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13894 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13895 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13905 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13912 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13913 destination
= (sym_value
13914 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13915 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13916 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13921 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13922 code_value
= sym_value
;
13923 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13928 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13930 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13933 code_value
+= adjust
;
13934 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13936 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13937 &code_sec
, &code_value
, false);
13938 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13940 destination
= dest
;
13943 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13945 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13946 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13947 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13952 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13954 stub_type
.main
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13955 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13957 stub_type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
13958 stub_type
.r2save
= 0;
13960 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13961 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
13963 enum ppc_stub_sub_type notoc
= ppc_stub_notoc
;
13964 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
13965 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
13966 && htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 1))
13967 notoc
= ppc_stub_p9notoc
;
13968 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13969 stub_type
.sub
= notoc
;
13970 else if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13971 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13972 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13973 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13974 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13975 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13977 stub_type
.main
= ppc_stub_long_branch
;
13978 stub_type
.sub
= notoc
;
13979 stub_type
.r2save
= 0;
13982 else if (stub_type
.main
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13984 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13985 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13986 different object files when creating the
13987 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13988 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13989 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13990 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13991 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13992 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13993 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13994 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13995 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
))
13996 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13997 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13998 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
14000 stub_type
.main
= ppc_stub_long_branch
;
14001 stub_type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
14002 stub_type
.r2save
= 1;
14006 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_none
)
14009 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
14010 if (stub_type
.main
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
14012 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
14013 && section
->has_tls_reloc
14014 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
14016 /* Get tls info. */
14017 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
14019 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14020 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
14021 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14022 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14023 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
14027 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
14028 && stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
14031 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
14032 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
14033 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
14034 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
14035 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
14036 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
14037 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
14039 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
14040 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
14041 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14044 stub_type
.r2save
= 1;
14047 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
14048 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
14050 /* Get the name of this stub. */
14051 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
14053 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14055 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
14056 stub_name
, false, false);
14057 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
14060 if (!ppc_merge_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_type
, r_type
))
14062 /* xgettext:c-format */
14064 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
14065 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
14066 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14071 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
14072 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
14075 error_ret_free_internal
:
14076 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
14077 free (internal_relocs
);
14078 error_ret_free_local
:
14079 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
14080 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14085 stub_entry
->type
= stub_type
;
14086 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
14088 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
14089 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
14093 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
14094 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
14096 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
14097 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
14098 stub_entry
->symtype
14099 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14100 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
14103 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14104 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
14105 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
14108 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
14109 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14110 free (internal_relocs
);
14113 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14114 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14116 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14119 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14123 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
14125 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14127 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14128 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14129 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
14131 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14133 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
14134 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14135 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
14136 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
14139 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14141 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
14142 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
14143 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
14144 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14145 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14148 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
14149 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
14150 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14151 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
14152 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14153 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
14155 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14157 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
;
14158 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
= 0;
14161 htab
->stub_changed
= false;
14162 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
14164 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14165 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14166 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14168 if (info
->emitrelocations
14169 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14171 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
14172 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
14175 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14176 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
14177 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
14179 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
14181 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14182 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14183 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14184 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14185 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14187 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14188 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
14189 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
14190 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
14191 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
14194 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14195 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14196 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
14198 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14199 group
->stub_sec
->size
14200 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14203 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14207 for (r_offset
= 0; r_offset
< htab
->brlt
->size
; r_offset
+= 8)
14208 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, (r_offset
14209 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
14210 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
)))
14213 if (!got_and_plt_relr_for_local_syms (info
))
14215 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, got_and_plt_relr
, info
);
14216 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14219 if (htab
->relr_count
> 1)
14220 qsort (htab
->relr_addr
, htab
->relr_count
, sizeof (*htab
->relr_addr
),
14221 compare_relr_address
);
14224 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
)
14226 bfd_vma base
= htab
->relr_addr
[i
];
14227 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
+= 8;
14229 /* Handle possible duplicate address. This can happen
14230 as sections increase in size when adding stubs. */
14231 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
14232 && htab
->relr_addr
[i
] == base
)
14237 size_t start_i
= i
;
14238 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
14239 && htab
->relr_addr
[i
] - base
< 63 * 8
14240 && (htab
->relr_addr
[i
] - base
) % 8 == 0)
14244 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
+= 8;
14250 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14251 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
14252 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
14253 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14254 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
14258 && (!htab
->stub_changed
14259 || htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
)
14260 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
14261 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14262 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
14263 && (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
== NULL
14264 || htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
== htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
14265 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14266 && htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
> htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
))
14267 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
14268 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
14269 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
14270 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
14273 if (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
)
14275 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14276 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
14277 && group
->stub_sec
->size
< group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
)
14278 group
->stub_sec
->size
= group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
;
14280 if (htab
->brlt
->size
< htab
->brlt
->rawsize
)
14281 htab
->brlt
->size
= htab
->brlt
->rawsize
;
14283 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
14284 && htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
< htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
)
14285 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
;
14288 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
14289 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
14292 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14293 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14296 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
14297 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
14298 struct map_stub
*group
;
14300 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
14301 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
14302 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
14303 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
14304 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
14307 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
14311 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
14312 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
14313 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14314 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14315 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
14317 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14318 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14320 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14322 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14324 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14327 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14328 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
14330 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
14332 /* stub section size. */
14333 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
14335 /* Augmentation. */
14337 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
14338 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
14339 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
14340 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
14342 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14345 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14347 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14350 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14351 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
14353 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
14356 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
14358 /* Augmentation. */
14361 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
? 3 : 2);
14362 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
14364 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
14365 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 4 : 2);
14366 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14368 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
14370 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
14371 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
14372 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
14373 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
14374 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14375 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
14376 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
14377 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
14380 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
14381 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14382 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
14383 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
14384 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
14385 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14386 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
);
14391 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
14392 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
14395 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
14398 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
14402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14403 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
14405 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
14406 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
14410 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
14411 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, ".TOC.", false, false, true);
14412 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
))
14416 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14417 && !h
->root
.linker_def
14418 && (!is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
14419 || h
->def_regular
))
14421 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
14422 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14427 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
14428 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
14429 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
14430 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14431 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
14432 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14433 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
14434 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14435 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
14436 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14438 /* This may happen for
14439 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
14441 o bad linker script
14442 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
14444 FIXME: Warn user? */
14446 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
14448 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14449 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
14451 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14454 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14455 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14456 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14459 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14460 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14464 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14465 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
14471 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
14473 /* Force alignment. */
14474 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
14475 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
14476 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14478 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
14480 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14484 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
14486 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
14487 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14492 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
14493 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
14494 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
14495 NULL
, false, false, &bh
);
14501 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
14502 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
14505 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
14507 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14508 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14509 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14512 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
14516 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14520 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14521 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14523 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
14524 table. Set it up. */
14525 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14526 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14529 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14531 if (!(h
->def_regular
14532 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14533 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
14535 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14537 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14538 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14539 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14541 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14543 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14547 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14549 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
14550 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
14552 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14554 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14556 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14559 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14561 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14563 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14564 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14567 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14568 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14569 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14574 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14575 + plt
->output_offset
14576 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14577 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14578 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14579 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14584 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14585 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14586 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14587 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14588 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14589 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14590 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14591 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14592 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14593 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14594 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14598 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14601 if (h
->def_regular
)
14604 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14605 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14608 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14609 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14610 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14616 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14617 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14618 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14620 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14621 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14623 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14625 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14626 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14628 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14630 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14631 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14632 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14633 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14634 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14637 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14638 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14640 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14641 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14646 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14647 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
14650 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14652 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14653 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14654 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14655 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14656 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14657 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14658 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14660 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14664 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14666 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14669 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14671 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14673 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14679 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14682 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14684 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14687 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14689 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14690 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14691 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14692 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14693 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14694 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14696 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14699 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14703 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14704 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14705 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14706 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14707 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14708 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14709 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14710 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14712 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14714 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14718 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14719 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14721 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14726 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14727 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14728 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14730 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14732 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14733 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14734 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14738 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14740 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
14741 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
14742 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14745 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14747 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14748 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14751 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14752 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14757 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14758 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14759 + plt
->output_offset
14760 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14761 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14764 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14766 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14771 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14773 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14775 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14776 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14777 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14778 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14782 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14783 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14785 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14788 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14794 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14795 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14798 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14800 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14801 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14803 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14805 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14806 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14807 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14808 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14809 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14811 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14813 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14814 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14818 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14819 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14820 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14822 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14823 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14826 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14829 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14831 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14834 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14835 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14843 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14845 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14846 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14848 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14849 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14851 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14852 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14854 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14855 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14856 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14857 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14862 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14863 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14864 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14867 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14870 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14871 struct map_stub
*group
;
14872 asection
*stub_sec
;
14874 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14879 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14880 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14882 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14883 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14884 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14885 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14887 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14889 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14891 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14895 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14900 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14901 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14903 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14904 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14905 true, false, false);
14908 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14910 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14911 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14912 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14913 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14914 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14915 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14916 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14918 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14921 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14922 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14924 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14926 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14929 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14930 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14931 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14932 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14934 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14935 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14936 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14940 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14942 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14944 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14946 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14948 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14950 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14952 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14954 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14956 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14958 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14966 . .quad plt0-1f # plt0 entry relative to 1:
14968 # We get here with r12 initially @ a glink branch
14969 # Load the address of _dl_runtime_resolve from plt0 and
14970 # jump to it, with r0 set to the index of the PLT entry
14971 # to be resolved and r11 the link map.
14972 __glink_PLTresolve:
14973 . std %r2,24(%r1) # optional
14979 . ld %r0,(0b-1b)(%r11)
14980 . sub %r12,%r12,%r11
14981 . add %r11,%r0,%r11
14982 . addi %r0,%r12,1b-2f
14989 . b __glink_PLTresolve
14991 . b __glink_PLTresolve */
14993 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
14995 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14998 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
15000 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
15002 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
15004 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
15006 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
15007 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-20 & 0xfffc);
15009 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc);
15010 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, insn
, p
);
15012 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
15014 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R0_R11
, p
);
15016 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-44 & 0xffff), p
);
15018 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
15020 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
15022 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
15024 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
15027 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
15029 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
15031 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
15033 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
15039 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
15044 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
15046 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
15051 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
15052 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
15058 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
15060 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
15061 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
15062 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
15064 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
15065 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
15069 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
15070 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
15072 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
15076 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
15077 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
15079 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
15082 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
15084 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
15086 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
15089 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
15091 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
15092 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
15093 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
15097 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
15098 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
15100 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15101 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
15102 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
15104 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
15105 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
15107 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
15108 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15109 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
15111 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
15112 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
15115 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15116 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
15118 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
15119 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
15120 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
15121 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
15125 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
15126 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
15131 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
15132 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
15137 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
15138 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
15140 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15141 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
15143 /* Offset to stub section. */
15144 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15145 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
15146 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
15147 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
15148 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
15149 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
15152 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
15153 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
15156 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
15157 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
15159 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
15161 /* Offset to .glink. */
15162 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
15163 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
15165 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
15166 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
15167 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
15168 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
15171 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
15172 htab
->glink
->name
);
15175 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
15176 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
15180 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
!= 0)
15182 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
15183 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
);
15184 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
== NULL
)
15188 bfd_byte
*loc
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
;
15189 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
)
15191 bfd_vma base
= htab
->relr_addr
[i
];
15192 BFD_ASSERT (base
% 2 == 0);
15193 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, base
, loc
);
15196 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
15197 && htab
->relr_addr
[i
] == base
)
15199 htab
->stub_error
= true;
15206 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
15207 && htab
->relr_addr
[i
] - base
< 63 * 8
15208 && (htab
->relr_addr
[i
] - base
) % 8 == 0)
15210 bits
|= (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((htab
->relr_addr
[i
] - base
) / 8);
15215 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, (bits
<< 1) | 1, loc
);
15220 /* Pad any excess with 1's, a do-nothing encoding. */
15221 while ((size_t) (loc
- htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
)
15222 < htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
)
15224 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 1, loc
);
15229 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15230 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
15232 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
15233 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
15234 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
15235 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
15240 htab
->stub_error
= true;
15242 if (htab
->stub_error
)
15244 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
15251 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
15252 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
15253 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
15255 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
15259 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
15261 " long branch %lu\n"
15263 " global entry %lu"),
15265 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
15266 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
15267 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
15268 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
15276 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
15277 discarded sections. */
15279 static unsigned int
15280 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
15282 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
15285 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
15288 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
15291 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
15294 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
15297 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
15301 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
15303 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
15304 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
15305 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
15306 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
15307 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
15308 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15309 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
15310 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15311 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15312 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
15313 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
15314 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
15315 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
15316 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
15317 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
15318 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
15319 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
15320 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
15321 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
15322 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
15323 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
15324 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
15325 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
15326 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
15327 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
15328 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
15329 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
15331 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
15332 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
15333 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
15334 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
15335 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
15336 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
15337 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
15338 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
15339 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
15340 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
15341 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
15342 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
15343 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15344 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15345 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
15346 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
15354 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
15355 to handle the relocations for a section.
15357 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
15358 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
15361 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
15362 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
15363 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
15366 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
15367 address or the reloc symbol index.
15369 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
15371 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
15372 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
15374 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
15375 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
15377 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
15378 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
15379 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
15380 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
15384 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
15385 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
15387 asection
*input_section
,
15388 bfd_byte
*contents
,
15389 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
15390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
15391 asection
**local_sections
)
15393 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
15394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
15395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
15396 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
15397 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
15398 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
15399 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
15401 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
15405 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
15406 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
15407 bool warned_dynamic
= false;
15408 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
15410 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
15411 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
15414 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
15418 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
15419 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
15422 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
15424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
15428 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
15429 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
15430 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
15431 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
15432 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
15434 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
15435 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
15436 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
15438 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
15440 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
15441 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
15443 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
15444 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
15445 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
15446 const char *sym_name
;
15447 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
15448 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
15449 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
15450 unsigned char sym_type
;
15451 bfd_vma relocation
;
15452 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
15454 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
15457 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
15458 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
15460 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
15461 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
15462 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
15469 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
15470 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
15472 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
15473 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
15474 proper TOC base to use. */
15475 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
15477 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
15479 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
15485 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15488 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
15490 /* It's a local symbol. */
15491 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
15493 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
15494 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
15495 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
15496 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
15497 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
15498 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
15499 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
15501 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
15507 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
15508 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
15509 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
15510 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
15511 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
15512 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
15513 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
15515 relocation
+= adjust
;
15523 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
15524 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
15525 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
15526 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
15527 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
15528 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
15530 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
15531 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
15533 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
15534 such are defined in output sections, even those
15535 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
15536 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
15537 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
15538 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
15539 by the opd entry. */
15540 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
15541 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
15542 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15544 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15545 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
15546 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
15549 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
15550 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
15557 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
15559 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
15561 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
15562 input_bfd
, input_section
,
15563 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
15564 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15566 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
15568 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
15569 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
15570 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
15571 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
15572 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
15573 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
15579 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15582 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
15584 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15585 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
15586 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15589 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
15590 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
15591 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
15592 for the final instruction stream. */
15597 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
15598 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
15600 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
15601 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15602 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
15603 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15604 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
15606 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
15607 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15608 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15609 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15611 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15612 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15614 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15615 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15619 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15622 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15623 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15624 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15625 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15627 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15628 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15629 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15631 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15632 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15633 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15634 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15635 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15638 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15639 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15640 /* xgettext:c-format */
15641 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15642 /* xgettext:c-format */
15643 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15644 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15645 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15649 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15650 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15651 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15652 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15653 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15654 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15655 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15656 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15657 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15658 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15659 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15667 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15668 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15671 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15672 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15674 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15675 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15676 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15677 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15678 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15682 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15683 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15684 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15685 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15687 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15688 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15691 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15692 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15698 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15699 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15700 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15702 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15703 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15708 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15709 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15713 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15714 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15717 else if (retval
== 3)
15719 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15720 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15728 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15729 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15730 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15731 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15732 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15734 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15735 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15736 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15737 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15741 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15742 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15743 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15744 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15745 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15748 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15749 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15751 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15752 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15753 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15754 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15755 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15757 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15758 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15759 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15760 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15764 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15768 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15769 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15770 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15771 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
15773 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15774 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15776 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15777 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15778 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15779 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15780 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15781 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15782 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15783 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15784 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15789 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15790 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15791 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15793 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15794 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15797 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15799 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15800 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15801 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15802 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15803 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15804 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15806 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15807 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15808 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15809 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15813 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15815 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15817 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15818 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15820 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15822 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15823 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15824 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15829 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15830 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15831 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15834 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15839 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15840 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15842 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15843 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15847 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15848 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15849 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15850 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15853 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15854 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15855 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15858 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15859 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15860 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15862 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15866 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15867 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15869 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15870 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15874 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15875 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15876 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15877 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15879 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15882 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15883 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15884 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15885 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15886 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15887 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15888 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15889 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15890 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15891 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15893 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15895 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15896 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15897 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15898 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15899 before the call by intervening code. */
15900 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15901 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15902 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15905 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15906 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15907 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15908 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15909 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15910 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15911 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15912 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15914 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15915 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15916 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15921 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15922 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15923 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15926 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15927 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15928 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15930 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15932 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15933 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15935 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15936 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15937 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15939 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15940 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15941 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15942 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15946 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15947 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
15948 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
15950 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15951 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
+ 4, 4))
15953 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15954 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15955 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15958 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15959 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15961 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15962 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15968 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15969 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15970 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
15972 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15974 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15975 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15977 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15978 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15979 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15983 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15984 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15985 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15987 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15988 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15989 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15990 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15991 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15995 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15996 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15997 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
15999 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16001 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16002 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
16003 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16004 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16005 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
16006 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16007 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16008 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
16009 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
16010 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16015 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16016 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
16017 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16018 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16019 is_8byte_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
))
16022 unsigned int insn2
;
16023 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
16025 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16026 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
16028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
16029 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
16030 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
16031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16032 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16036 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16039 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
16042 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16043 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
16048 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
16050 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
16051 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
16053 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16054 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
16055 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16057 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16062 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
16063 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
16064 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
16067 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16068 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
16069 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
16070 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16071 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
16072 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
16074 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
16079 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16080 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
16081 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16082 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16083 is_8byte_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
))
16086 unsigned int insn2
;
16087 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
16089 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16090 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
16092 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
16093 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
16094 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
16095 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16096 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16100 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16103 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16104 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
16105 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16107 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16112 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
16113 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
16114 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
16115 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16116 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
16118 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16119 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
16120 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
16121 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16122 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
16123 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
16128 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16129 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
16130 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
16131 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
16133 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
16134 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16136 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16137 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
16138 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
16141 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16142 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16144 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16149 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
16150 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16152 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16153 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16154 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16159 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16160 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
16162 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16163 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16167 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16168 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16169 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
16170 && !info
->traditional_format
16171 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16172 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16174 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16176 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16177 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16178 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
16179 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
16181 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16182 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
16183 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16184 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16185 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
16186 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16191 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
16192 + input_section
->output_offset
16193 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16194 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16195 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16197 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16199 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16200 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16201 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
16202 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
16204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16205 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
16206 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16207 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16208 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
16209 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16215 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16216 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
16217 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
16218 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
16219 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
16222 if .TOC. is in range. */
16223 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
16224 && !info
->traditional_format
16226 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
16227 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
16228 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16229 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
16230 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16231 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
16232 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16233 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 8))
16235 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16236 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16237 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16238 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16239 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
16240 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
16242 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
16243 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16244 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
16245 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
16246 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
16247 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
16253 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
16255 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
16256 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16257 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
16263 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16264 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
16265 + input_section
->output_offset
16266 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
16267 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
16268 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
)
16269 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16271 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16273 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
16274 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16275 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
16276 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16280 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
16281 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16282 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16283 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
16284 /* Fall through. */
16286 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
16287 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16288 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16289 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16291 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16292 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
16293 /* Fall through. */
16295 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16296 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
16297 /* Fall through. */
16299 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16300 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16301 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
16302 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16303 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16304 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
16305 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
16306 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
16307 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
16308 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
16313 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
16314 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
16315 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
16317 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
16318 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16319 && stub_entry
!= NULL
16320 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16323 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16324 && (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16325 || stub_entry
->type
.r2save
))
16327 bool can_plt_call
= false;
16329 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16330 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16332 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
16333 can_plt_call
= true;
16335 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16337 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
16339 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
16341 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
16342 can_plt_call
= true;
16345 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
16346 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
16347 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
16348 else if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16352 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16353 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16358 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16359 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16360 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
16361 can_plt_call
= true;
16362 else if (nop
== NOP
16363 || nop
== CROR_151515
16364 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
16367 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
16368 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
16370 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
16373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16374 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
16375 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16376 can_plt_call
= true;
16381 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
16383 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
16388 if (startswith (name
, "__libc_start_main")
16389 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
16391 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
16392 stub. Other calls that never return could do
16393 the same, if we could detect such. */
16394 can_plt_call
= true;
16400 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
16401 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
16402 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
16403 global symbol and on the other a local call
16404 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
16405 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
16406 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
16408 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
16410 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
16412 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
16413 - sec
->output_section
->vma
16414 - sec
->output_offset
);
16416 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
16418 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
16419 can_plt_call
= true;
16424 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16425 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16426 /* xgettext:c-format */
16427 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
16428 "(plt call stub)\n"),
16429 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
16431 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16432 /* xgettext:c-format */
16433 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
16434 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
16435 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
16437 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16442 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16443 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16446 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
16447 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
16448 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
16449 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
16451 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
16452 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
16453 - sec
->output_section
->vma
16454 - sec
->output_offset
);
16455 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
16456 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
16460 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
16464 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
16466 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16467 + input_section
->output_offset
16468 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16470 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
16474 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16475 && (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
16476 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
))
16478 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
16479 && !stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16480 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
16481 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
16482 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16483 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
16484 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
16487 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16488 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
16489 && ((r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16490 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16491 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
16492 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
16493 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16494 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16497 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16498 && stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16499 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16501 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16502 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16506 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
16508 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
16509 rather than the procedure directly. */
16510 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
16512 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
16513 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
16514 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
16515 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
16516 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
16517 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
16519 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
16520 + stub_sec
->output_offset
16521 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
16523 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
16525 if (((stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16526 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16527 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
))
16528 || ((stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16529 && (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
))
16530 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16531 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16532 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
16533 && !(stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16534 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
16536 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)))
16538 /* Skip over the r2 store at the start of the stub. */
16542 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16543 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16544 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16545 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
16546 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16553 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
16554 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
16555 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
16556 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
16557 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
16558 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
16559 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
16565 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
16566 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
16567 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
16570 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16573 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
16574 We can thus call a weak function without first
16575 checking whether the function is defined. */
16577 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16578 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16579 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
16580 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16581 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16584 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16586 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16591 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16592 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16593 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16594 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16595 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16597 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16598 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16600 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16601 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16602 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16603 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
16605 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16606 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16608 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16609 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16610 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
16611 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16616 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16617 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16618 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16619 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16620 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16621 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16623 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16624 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
16626 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16627 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16628 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16629 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
16631 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16632 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
16633 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16635 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16636 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16637 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
16638 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16640 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
16641 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
16643 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
16644 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16649 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16650 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16651 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16652 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16653 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16655 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16656 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
16657 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16658 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
16660 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16661 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16662 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16663 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8)))
16666 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16667 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16669 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16670 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16671 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16674 /* Replace with paddi. */
16675 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16676 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16677 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16678 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16680 /* Fall through. */
16682 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16683 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16684 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16685 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16686 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16687 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16688 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16690 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16691 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16693 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16694 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16695 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16696 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16698 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16700 /* zero means next insn. */
16703 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, off2
, 4))
16706 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16707 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16709 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16711 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, off2
, 8))
16713 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16714 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16716 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16718 addend
+= addend_off
;
16719 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16720 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16721 contents
+ offset
);
16722 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16723 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16724 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16726 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16727 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16728 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16737 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16741 /* xgettext:c-format */
16742 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16743 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16745 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16751 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16752 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16753 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16754 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16755 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16756 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16757 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16760 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16761 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16762 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16763 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16764 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16765 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16766 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16767 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16768 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16769 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16772 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16773 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16774 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16775 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16776 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16777 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16780 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16781 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16782 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16783 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16784 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16785 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16788 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16789 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16790 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16791 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16792 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16793 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16796 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16797 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16798 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16799 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16800 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16801 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16802 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16805 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16810 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16811 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16813 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16814 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16815 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16820 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16821 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16822 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16823 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16824 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16825 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16826 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16827 because of a version file. */
16831 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16832 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16834 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16838 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16840 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16843 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16844 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16845 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16846 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16852 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16853 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16854 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16855 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16859 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16860 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16861 processed this entry. */
16863 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16867 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16868 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16876 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16877 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16880 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16881 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16882 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
16885 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16887 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16889 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16891 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
16894 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
16895 : sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)))
16897 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16898 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16900 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16901 + got
->output_offset
16903 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16904 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16906 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16907 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16908 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16910 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16911 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16912 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16913 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16915 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16916 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16918 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16921 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16922 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16923 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16924 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16925 else if (indx
!= 0)
16926 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16930 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16932 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16934 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16936 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16937 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16941 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16943 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16944 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16946 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16947 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16949 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16952 if (!(info
->enable_dt_relr
16953 && ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
) == R_PPC64_RELATIVE
))
16955 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16956 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16957 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16958 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16962 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16963 emitting a reloc. */
16966 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16969 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16973 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16976 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16977 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16978 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16981 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16983 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16984 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16988 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16989 got
->contents
+ off
);
16993 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16996 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16998 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16999 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
17000 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
17001 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
17002 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
17003 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
17007 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17008 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
17009 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17010 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17011 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17012 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17013 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
17014 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
17015 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17016 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17017 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
17018 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
17019 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
17020 procedure linkage table. */
17021 unresolved_reloc
= true;
17023 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
17025 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
17026 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
17028 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
17029 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
17030 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
17034 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17036 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17037 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
17038 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
17043 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17044 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (h
)))
17047 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17048 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17049 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
17051 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
17053 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
17054 + plt
->output_offset
17055 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
17056 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
17057 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
17058 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
17059 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
17061 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
17062 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
17066 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17074 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
17075 relocation
= TOCstart
;
17076 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
17077 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
17078 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
17080 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
17081 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
17083 unresolved_reloc
= true;
17084 if (unresolved_reloc
17087 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
17088 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17089 /* xgettext:c-format */
17090 (_("%H: %s against %pT is not supported\n"),
17091 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17092 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
17095 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
17096 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
17097 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
17099 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
17100 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17101 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
17102 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17103 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17104 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17105 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
17110 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
17111 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
17112 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
17113 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
17114 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17115 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17116 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17118 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17121 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
17122 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
17123 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
17124 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17125 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
17126 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17127 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
17128 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17129 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
17130 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17131 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
17132 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17133 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
17134 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17135 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17136 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
17137 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
17138 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
17139 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
17140 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
17141 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
17142 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17143 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17146 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
17147 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17148 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
17149 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17150 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17151 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17152 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
17153 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17154 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
17155 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17156 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
17157 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17159 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17160 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
17161 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
17163 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
17164 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
17165 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
17166 defined before using them. */
17167 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
17169 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17170 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
17172 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17175 /* Fall through. */
17177 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17178 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17179 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
17180 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
17181 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
17182 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
17185 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
17186 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
17187 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
17188 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17189 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17190 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17191 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
17192 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17193 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
17194 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17195 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
17196 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17197 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17198 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17199 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
17202 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
17203 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
17208 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
17213 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
17214 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17215 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
17218 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
17219 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17220 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
17221 /* Fall through. */
17223 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
17225 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
17226 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
17227 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
17228 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
17229 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
17230 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
17231 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
17232 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17233 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17234 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
17235 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
17236 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17237 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
17238 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17239 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
17240 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17241 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
17242 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17243 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
17244 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17245 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
17246 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17247 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
17248 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
17249 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
17250 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
17251 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
17252 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
17254 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17255 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17256 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17259 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
17262 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
17265 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
17267 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
17268 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
17269 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
17271 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
17272 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
17274 bool skip
, relocate
;
17279 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
17280 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
17286 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
17287 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
17288 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
17290 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
17291 skip
= true, relocate
= true;
17292 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
17293 + input_section
->output_offset
);
17294 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
17295 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
17297 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
17298 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
17299 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
17300 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
17301 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
17302 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
17303 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
17304 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
17305 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
17306 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
17309 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
17311 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
17313 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
17315 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
17316 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
17317 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
17321 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
17322 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
17323 at a local function. */
17324 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
17325 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
17327 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
17329 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
17330 when building shared libraries and we
17331 reference a function in another shared
17332 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
17333 definition in an application that's
17334 overridden by a strong definition in a
17335 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
17336 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
17337 In these cases we won't use the opd
17338 entry in this lib. */
17339 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17342 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
17344 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17345 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
17346 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
17349 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
17351 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
17352 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
17353 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
17354 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
17361 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17362 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17364 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17365 /* xgettext:c-format */
17366 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
17367 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
17368 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17369 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17373 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
17375 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
17377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17382 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
17384 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
17386 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
17387 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
17388 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
17389 reduced to a relocation against their
17390 section symbol because it holds the
17391 address of the section, not a value
17392 relative to the TLS segment. We could
17393 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
17394 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
17395 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
17396 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
17397 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
17402 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
17405 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
17406 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
17407 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
17409 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
17410 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
17412 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
17415 /* We are turning this relocation into one
17416 against a section symbol, so subtract out
17417 the output section's address but not the
17418 offset of the input section in the output
17420 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
17423 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
17427 if (!(info
->enable_dt_relr
17428 && ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
) == R_PPC64_RELATIVE
17429 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
17430 && input_section
->alignment_power
!= 0
17431 && ELF64_R_TYPE (orig_rel
.r_info
) != R_PPC64_UADDR64
))
17433 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
17435 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17436 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17438 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
17439 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
17440 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
17442 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
17445 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
17448 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
17449 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17450 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
17453 if (!warned_dynamic
17454 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
17456 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17457 /* xgettext:c-format */
17458 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
17459 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
17461 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
17463 warned_dynamic
= true;
17466 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
17467 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
17468 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
17469 that the section contents are a known value. */
17472 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17473 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
17474 ignores section contents except for the special
17475 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
17476 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
17477 cause reloc overflow. */
17480 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
17481 to improve backward compatibility with older
17483 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
17484 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
17485 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
17486 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
17487 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
17493 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
17494 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17495 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
17496 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17497 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
17499 /* Fall through. */
17501 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
17502 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17503 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17504 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
17505 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
17506 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17507 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
17508 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
17509 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
17511 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17512 /* xgettext:c-format */
17513 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
17515 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
17517 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
17522 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
17523 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
17524 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
17530 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
17531 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
17532 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
17533 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
17534 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
17535 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
17536 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
17537 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
17538 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
17539 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
17540 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
17541 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
17545 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
17546 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17547 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17548 /* Fall through. */
17549 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
17550 if (unresolved_reloc
17551 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17552 r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
? 8 : 4))
17554 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
17555 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17556 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17558 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
17559 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
17560 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
17561 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
17562 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
17566 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17567 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17568 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17570 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17575 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17576 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17577 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17578 /* Fall through. */
17579 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17580 if (unresolved_reloc
17581 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
17583 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17584 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
17585 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
17586 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17591 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17592 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17594 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17597 /* Fall through. */
17598 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17599 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17600 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17601 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17602 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17603 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17604 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17605 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
17606 && !(bfd_link_pic (info
)
17608 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
17609 : sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)))
17613 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17615 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17616 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17622 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17623 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17624 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17626 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17629 /* Fall through. */
17630 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
17631 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
17632 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17633 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17634 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
17635 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17636 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17637 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17638 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17639 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
17640 && !(bfd_link_pic (info
)
17642 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
17643 : sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
17644 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17646 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17647 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17648 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
17650 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
17651 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
17652 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
17656 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17659 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17663 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17664 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
17665 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17666 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17668 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17669 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17674 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17675 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17676 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
17677 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17678 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17680 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17681 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17682 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17684 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17689 /* Do any further special processing. */
17695 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17696 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17697 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17698 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17699 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17700 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17701 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17702 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17703 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17704 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17705 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17706 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17707 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17708 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17709 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17710 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17711 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17712 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17713 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17714 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
17715 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17716 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17717 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17720 /* Fall through. */
17722 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17723 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17724 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17725 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17726 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17728 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17729 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17730 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17734 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17735 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17736 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17737 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17738 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17740 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17743 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17744 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17745 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17746 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17747 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17748 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17749 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17750 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17751 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17752 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17753 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17754 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17755 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17756 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17757 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17758 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17759 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17760 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17761 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17762 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17764 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17766 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17767 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17768 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17769 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17770 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17771 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17772 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17773 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17775 relocation
+= addend
;
17776 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17777 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17779 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17780 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17781 /* xgettext:c-format */
17782 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17783 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17784 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17786 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17793 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17794 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17795 not process them. */
17796 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17797 if (unresolved_reloc
17798 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17799 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17800 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17801 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17803 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17804 /* xgettext:c-format */
17805 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17806 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17808 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17812 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17813 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17814 have different reloc types. */
17815 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17816 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17817 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
17818 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17820 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17822 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17823 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17824 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17825 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17826 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17827 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17828 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17829 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17830 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17831 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17832 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17833 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17835 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17836 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17837 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17843 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17845 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17846 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17847 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17848 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17849 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17850 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17852 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17853 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17854 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17855 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17856 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17857 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17859 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17860 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
17861 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17864 relocation
+= addend
;
17865 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17866 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17867 + input_section
->output_offset
17868 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17869 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17871 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17873 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17875 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17876 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17877 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17878 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17879 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17881 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17882 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17883 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17884 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17888 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17889 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
17890 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17893 relocation
+= addend
;
17894 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17895 + input_section
->output_offset
17896 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17897 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17898 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17900 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17901 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17903 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17904 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17909 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17910 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17911 relocation
, addend
);
17914 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17916 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17917 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17919 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17921 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17922 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17924 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17925 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17926 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17927 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17931 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17933 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17934 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17936 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17938 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17939 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17940 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17941 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
17942 (info
, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
, sym_name
,
17943 reloc_name
, orig_rel
.r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17948 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17949 /* xgettext:c-format */
17950 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17951 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17952 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17964 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17965 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17967 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17968 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17969 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17971 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17973 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17974 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17977 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17978 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17979 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17982 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17983 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17984 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17985 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17986 opd_entry_value. */
17987 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17990 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17991 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17992 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17993 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17996 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
18001 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
18004 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18005 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
18006 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
18007 asection
*input_sec
,
18008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
18010 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
18017 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
18018 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
18021 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
18022 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
18023 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
18025 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
18029 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
18033 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
18034 dynamic sections here. */
18037 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
18038 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
18040 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
18042 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
18043 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
18045 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18049 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
18050 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
18051 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
18053 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
18054 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
18055 any relocations where pointer equality matters
18056 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
18057 function pointer comparisons work between an
18058 application and shared library), otherwise set it
18060 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
18061 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
18063 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
18065 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
18066 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
18067 function pointer. */
18074 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
18075 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
18076 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
18077 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
18079 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
18080 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
18084 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
18087 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
18088 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
18090 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
18091 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
18093 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
18094 loc
= srel
->contents
;
18095 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
18096 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
18102 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
18103 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
18105 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
18106 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18107 const asection
*rel_sec
,
18108 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
18110 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
18111 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18113 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
18114 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
18116 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
18119 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
18120 return reloc_class_relative
;
18121 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
18122 return reloc_class_plt
;
18124 return reloc_class_copy
;
18126 return reloc_class_normal
;
18130 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
18133 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
18134 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
18136 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
18140 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18144 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
18145 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
18147 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
18149 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
18151 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
18154 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
18155 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
18156 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
18158 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
18161 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
18168 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
18170 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18171 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
18172 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
18173 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
18174 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
18175 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
18179 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
18182 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
18186 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
18187 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
18188 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
18189 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
18190 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
18193 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
18194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
18197 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
18201 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
18202 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18206 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
18207 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18211 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
18215 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
18216 info
->callbacks
->einfo
18217 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
18218 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
18222 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
18226 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
18227 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
18229 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
18230 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
18231 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
18232 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
18233 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
18235 /* Set .got entry size. */
18236 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
18240 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
18241 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
18243 /* Set .plt entry size. */
18244 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
18245 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
18248 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
18249 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
18250 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
18251 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
18252 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
18254 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
18255 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
18259 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
18260 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
18261 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
18263 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
18264 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
18269 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
18270 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
18271 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
18272 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
18273 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
18274 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
18277 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
18278 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
18280 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
18284 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
18287 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
18290 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
18291 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
18292 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
18295 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
18298 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
18299 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
18300 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
18308 #include "elf64-target.h"
18310 /* FreeBSD support */
18312 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
18313 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_le_vec
18314 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
18315 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle-freebsd"
18317 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
18318 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
18319 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
18320 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
18323 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
18326 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
18328 #include "elf64-target.h"